Table of Contents
2021 Annual Report
Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_______________________________________________________
Form 10-K
_______________________________________________________
(Mark One)
☒
☐
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File No. 000-25826
_______________________________________________________
HARMONIC INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
77-0201147
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
2590 Orchard Parkway
San Jose, CA 95131
(408) 542-2500
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
Trading Symbol
HLIT
Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
_______________________________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post
such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or
an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
☐
☐
☐
☒
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared
or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
Based on the reported closing sale price of the Common Stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on July 2, 2021, the aggregate market value of
the voting Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $375.1 million. Shares of Common Stock held by each executive
officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed
to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
As of February 22, 2022, there were 103,736,660 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value, outstanding.
_______________________________________________________
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021) are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Table of Contents
HARMONIC INC.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
PART II
BUSINESS
RISK FACTORS
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
PROPERTIES
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
[RESERVED]
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
OTHER INFORMATION
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
PART III
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A.
ITEM 1B.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 7A.
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
ITEM 9B.
ITEM 9C.
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
FORM 10-K SUMMARY
PART IV
ITEM 15.
ITEM 16.
SIGNATURES
Page
4
12
33
33
33
33
34
35
36
46
47
81
81
81
81
82
82
82
82
82
82
84
85
1
Table of Contents
Forward Looking Statements
Some of the statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties. The
statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”), including, without limitation, statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In some cases, you can
identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as, “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “believes,” “intends,”
“estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements
include, but are not limited to, statements regarding:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and related responses of businesses and governments to the pandemic, on our operations, supply chain
and personnel, on commercial activity in the markets in which we operate and worldwide and regional economies, and on our results of
operations;
developing trends and demands in the markets we address, particularly emerging markets;
economic conditions, particularly in certain geographies, and in financial markets;
new and future products and services;
spending of our customers;
our strategic direction, future business plans and growth strategy;
industry and customer consolidation;
expected demand for and benefits of our products and services;
concentration of revenue sources;
expectations regarding our Cable Access and Video solutions;
potential future acquisitions and dispositions;
anticipated results of potential or actual litigation;
our competitive environment;
the impact of our restructuring plans;
the impact of conflict between the Russian Federation and Ukraine on our operations;
the impact of governmental regulations, including with respect to tariffs and economic sanctions;
anticipated revenue and expenses, including the sources of such revenue and expenses;
expected impacts of changes in accounting rules;
expectations regarding the usability of our inventory and the risk that inventory will exceed forecasted demand;
expectations and estimates related to goodwill and intangible assets and their associated carrying value; and
use of cash, cash needs and ability to raise capital, including repaying the Notes and expectations regarding stock repurchases.
These statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, any of which may cause our actual results to differ
materially from those implied by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that may cause actual results to differ from expectations include those
discussed in “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based
on information available to us on the date thereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. The terms “Harmonic,”
“Company,” “we,” “us,” “its,” and “our,” as used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, refer to Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries and its predecessors as a
combined entity, except where the context requires otherwise.
2
Table of Contents
Risk Factor Summary
Our business is subject to significant risks and uncertainties that make an investment in us speculative and risky. Below we summarize what we
believe are the principal risk factors but these risks are not the only ones we face, and you should carefully review and consider the full discussion of our
risk factors in the section titled “Risk Factors,” together with the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If any of the following risks
actually occurs (or if any of those listed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K occur), our business, reputation, financial condition, results of
operations, revenue, and future prospects could be seriously harmed. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose
part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become
important factors that adversely affect our business.
•
The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted and harmed, and may continue to disrupt and harm, our business, financial condition and operating
results;
• We depend on cable, satellite and telecommunications (“telco”), and broadcast and media industry spending for our revenue and any material
decrease or delay in spending in any of these industries would negatively impact our operating results, financial condition and cash flows;
•
The loss of one or more of our key customers, a failure to continue diversifying our customer base, or a decrease in the number of larger
transactions could harm our business and our operating results;
• We need to develop and introduce new and enhanced products and solutions in a timely manner to meet the needs of our customers and to remain
competitive;
•
The markets in which we operate are intensely competitive;
• Our future growth depends on a number of video and broadband industry trends;
• Our software-based cable access product initiatives expose us to certain technology transition risks that may adversely impact our operating
results, financial condition and cash flows;
• Our operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly and, as a result, may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or
investors, causing our stock price to decline;
• We purchase several key components, subassemblies and modules used in the manufacture or integration of our products from sole or limited
sources, and we rely on contract manufacturers and other subcontractors;
• We face risks associated with having outsourced engineering resources located in Ukraine; and
• We rely on resellers, value-added resellers and systems integrators for a significant portion of our revenue, and disruptions to, or our failure to
develop and manage our relationships with these customers or the processes and procedures that support them could adversely affect our
business.
3
Table of Contents
Item 1.
BUSINESS
PART I
We are a leading global provider of (i) versatile and high performance video delivery software, products, system solutions and services that enable our
customers to efficiently create, prepare, store, playout and deliver a full range of high-quality broadcast and streaming video services to consumer devices,
including televisions, personal computers, laptops, tablets and smart phones and (ii) cable access solutions that enable cable operators to more efficiently
and effectively deploy high-speed internet, for data, voice and video services to consumers’ homes.
We operate in two segments, Video and Cable Access. Our Video business provides video processing and production and playout solutions and
services worldwide to cable operators and satellite and telco Pay-TV service providers, which we refer to collectively as “service providers,” and to
broadcast and media companies, including streaming media companies. Our Video business infrastructure solutions are delivered either through shipment
of our products, software licenses or as software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) subscriptions. Our Cable Access business provides cable access solutions and
related services, including our CableOS software-based cable access solution, primarily to cable operators globally.
Across our two business segments, we derived approximately 66% of our revenue from the Americas in 2021. The Europe, Middle East and Africa
(EMEA) and Asia Pacific (APAC) regions accounted for 25% and 9% of our 2021 revenue, respectively.
Harmonic was initially incorporated in California in June 1988 and was reincorporated in Delaware in May 1995. Our principal executive offices are
currently located at 2590 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95131. Our telephone number is (408) 542-2500. Our Internet website is
http://www.harmonicinc.com. Other than the information expressly set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the information contained or referred to
on our website is not part of this report.
Industry Overview and Market Trends
Video Business
We believe our customers must continue to employ innovative technologies and services to address key trends in the dynamic video industry.
• Demand for Streaming Services. In the highly competitive video industry, there is strong demand for video content to be captured, processed
and streamed to millions of subscribers at scale, and with personalized service features and characteristics. We believe video streaming is, and
will continue to be, the most significant trend affecting the video industry for the foreseeable future.
• Demand for Targeted Advertising. Streaming technology makes it possible for streaming platforms to insert personalized targeted
advertisements into video streams to consumers. This capability is highly sought after by advertisers and results in significantly higher
advertising revenue for video streaming service providers. With streaming viewership continuing to grow rapidly, we believe targeted ad
insertion will become a foundational pillar of the video industry in the coming years.
•
Streaming of Live Events. In contrast to the constraints of traditional linear broadcast channels, there is effectively no limit to the number of
live events that can be streamed or the audience reach of streamed events. Consequently, we believe the number of live events globally that
will be streamed to consumers will continue to grow for the foreseeable future.
• Demand for High Quality Video. High quality video for both traditional broadcast television and streaming continues to be an important factor
for consumers. Compression technologies such as High Efficiency Video Compression (HEVC) or advances in H.264/AVC codecs, as well as
increasing requirements for HDR encoding, will continue to remain a high priority for both broadcast and streaming providers.
• Decline in Broadcast Viewing. Broadcast television viewership will continue to decline as the growth in streaming accelerates. We believe this
transition will cause traditional Pay-TV service providers and broadcasters to focus their investments on (i) providing streaming services and
(ii) reducing the operational complexities and cost of broadcast television.
4
Table of Contents
In response to these trends, our customers are:
•
•
•
•
expanding their streaming offerings with video-on-demand (VOD) programming, live events and/or linear TV bundles to reach a larger and
more global audience;
utilizing streaming technologies to expand monetization opportunities with personalized and targeted ad insertion;
continuing to enhance and differentiate their content offerings, consolidate to achieve greater economies of scale and subscriber concentration,
and acquire other companies to expand their content libraries and capabilities to develop original content; and
improving the efficiency and utilization of legacy infrastructure to minimize operational and staffing needs and costs by migrating services to
public cloud SaaS or upgrading on-premise equipment with the latest generation of highly dense and functionally rich technologies.
Our Video business strategy is focused on providing our customers with software-based appliances and SaaS platforms to enable and support these
trends.
Our Video Markets
Broadcast and Media Companies
• Network broadcasters, programmers and content owners continue to invest in new and enhanced direct-to-consumer streaming platforms, as
well as upgrade and improve the efficiencies of their traditional broadcast television services. We believe these companies will utilize new
technologies, including public cloud infrastructure and SaaS platforms, to expand their streaming offerings, reach wider audiences, and
increase monetization opportunities through personalized advertising, and, in parallel, reduce the complexity and cost of running and
operating their traditional broadcast services.
Streaming
• We believe media companies of all sizes will invest heavily in streaming services for the foreseeable future, whether for linear TV, live events
or a range of VOD offerings, and that these offerings will be enhanced to include personal and targeted advertisements to increase
monetization potential. We believe many of these streaming offerings will be launched by new entrants into the space, in addition to those
launched by traditional media companies who have a history and brand in broadcast television.
Service Providers
• Wireline Operators. Cable and telco operators continue to focus on various initiatives to improve and differentiate their service offerings from
competing service providers, including bundled digital video, voice and high-speed data services; expansion of streaming service offerings to
include linear TV, live events and VOD; upgraded consumer-facing applications; and capacity enhancement of high-speed data services.
•
Satellite Operators. Satellite operators around the world have established digital television services that serve tens of millions of subscribers,
with the ability to provide tens of thousands of linear channels. We expect satellite operators to increase their investments in their streaming
offerings to meet rapidly changing consumption habits and, in parallel, strive to optimize their traditional broadcast operations.
Video Infrastructure Technology Trends
•
•
Acceleration of Streaming Services. We believe the industry will continue to adopt streaming technologies to deliver video content to
consumers and, increasingly, utilize public clouds to do so.
Transformation of Broadcast Infrastructure. We believe the industry will continue to seek to transform existing broadcast infrastructure
workflows into more flexible and efficient operations, in order to reduce operational and investment costs. We believe that, in order to
maximize cost savings, a material portion of these operations will migrate to public clouds in the coming years, while some customers will
upgrade and replace their aging on-premise equipment with next-generation software-based appliances that significantly reduce operational
complexity.
5
Table of Contents
Cable Access Business
Industry Challenges
Cable operators continue to face challenges from the rapid growth of demand for broadband bandwidth in their networks, driven primarily by:
• more users with more connected devices and applications;
•
•
bundled digital video, voice and high-speed data services; and
bandwidth-intensive VOD and streaming video services, and interactive cloud applications.
In addition, the operation of network infrastructure is space, power and personnel intensive. Hardware-centric networks can also be expensive to
update or replace. To remain competitive, especially in the face of heightened competition from non-cable service providers such as telcos to deliver gigabit
data rates, cable operators need to significantly upgrade existing equipment and network technologies.
Technology Trends
• DOCSIS 3.1. We believe the cable industry will continue to deploy the DOCSIS 3.1 standard, which enables high bandwidth data transfer
over existing broadband infrastructure, and we expect future adoption and deployment of the next-generation DOCSIS 4.0 standard.
•
Virtualization. We believe cable operators are moving toward more software-driven architectures, which is central to our Cable Access
business and product strategy. Virtualized software solutions that are decoupled from underlying hardware and run on commercial-off-the-
shelf (COTS) servers and/or cloud-native architectures allow for significantly increased efficiencies, upgradability, configuration flexibility,
service agility and scalability not feasible with hardware-centric approaches. We believe a software-based cable access solution can
significantly reduce cable operator facility costs, especially costs related to physical space and power consumption, and increase operational
efficiency, and that the deployment of these systems will be an important step in cable operators’ transition to all-IP networks.
• Distributed Access Architecture. In addition to centralized cable access solutions, we believe there is accelerating interest in distributed access
solutions, particularly in competitive gigabit service markets where cable operators are competing with fiber-to-the-home (FTTH) services
and are extending fiber networks deeper into their access networks. A distributed access architecture (DAA) coupled with a software-based
cable access solution running on COTS servers at a headend, and the distribution of DAA nodes closer to end users, alleviates the power and
space requirements of centralized systems at headend sites due to the fact that the radio frequency (RF) processing is distributed into the field
outside of the headend. We believe this distributed architecture will enable service providers to efficiently scale to support data and IP video
growth.
• Multiple Access. CableOS is a software-based solution that runs on COTS servers connected to distributed access nodes. Traditionally, the
distributed access nodes deliver service to the subscribers over RF signals with DOCSIS. With CableOS, FTTH services over passive optical
networks (PON) can be supported with software running on the CableOS servers and with remote optical line termination (OLT) modules
plugged into the DAA nodes. The result is that the CableOS solution can support delivering both DOCSIS and PON services to different
subscribers. As fiber is pulled deeper into the network, cable operators will have the infrastructure and technology to deliver both traditional
cable services and FTTH.
Our Cable Access business strategy is focused on providing our customers with software-based solutions, on a centralized, distributed access or
hybrid architecture, to enable and support these technology and industry trends.
Our Products and Solutions
Video Processing and Delivery Solutions
We offer two categories of solutions - a broad range of software-based video appliances and SaaS platforms - to deliver broadcast and streaming
services and capabilities in the media market.
6
Table of Contents
Software-based Appliances. Our video processing appliances, which include network management and application software and hardware products,
provide our customers with the ability to acquire a variety of signals from different sources and in different protocols in order to deliver a variety of real-
time and stored content to their subscribers for viewing on a broad range of devices. Our appliance product families include:
•
•
Encoders. Our high-performance encoders compress video, audio and data channels to low bit rates while maintaining high video quality. Our
latest software-based XOS encoders can deliver video in multiple formats, including standard, HD and Ultra HD, and in any video
compression standard, including MPEG-2, MPEG-4 AVC and HEVC. This capability allows the encoders to converge workflows targeted for
all forms of video delivery, whether broadcast or streaming.
Video Servers. Our Spectrum family of video server systems are used by broadcast and media companies to create play-to-air television
channels. Our customers typically use these video server products to record incoming content from either live feeds or from tapes, encoding
that content in real-time into standard media files that are then stored in the server’s file system until the content is needed for playback as part
of a scheduled playlist.
• High-density stream processing. We offer high-density, real-time stream processing systems capable of high-performance, high-throughput
video processing for mission-critical IP video delivery applications, including multiplexing, scrambling, splicing and blackout source
switching.
•
Edge processors. Our family of Edge processing platforms allows service providers to acquire content delivered via satellite, IP or terrestrial
networks for distribution to their subscribers. These products are used by broadcasters to decode signals backhauled from live news and
sporting events in contribution applications, as well as by content owners looking to distribute their content in a controlled manner to a large
base of affiliates.
SaaS platforms. Our VOS360 SaaS platforms provide both streaming and channel origination and distribution services in a public cloud environment
that is fully managed and operated by our 24/7 DevOps teams. Our SaaS solutions enable the packaging and delivery of high-quality streaming services,
including live streaming, VOD, catch-up TV, start-over TV, network-DVR and cloud-DVR services through HTTP streaming to any device, along with
dynamic and personal ad insertion. In addition, our VOS360 SaaS platforms enable the transformation of traditional broadcast video workflows into cloud-
based workflows, resulting in more efficient and leaner operations for our customers. We continue to see an increasing number of customers seeking to
leverage the inherent commercial, operational and infrastructure flexibility offered by our VOS360 SaaS platforms. We also provide an on-premise SaaS
offering with our VOS cloud-native software solution for customers seeking to deploy a cloud-like architecture in a private data center.
Cable Access Products and Solutions
Software-Based Cable Access Solution. As demand continues to rapidly grow for high-speed broadband services such as streaming, VOD, time-shift
TV and cloud DVR, we believe we can help cable operators take advantage of this opportunity with our CableOS software-based cable access solution, an
end-to-end cable access solution consisting of virtualized cloud-native software elements that orchestrate and connect with a variety of Harmonic and third-
party indoor and outdoor hardware devices. We believe our CableOS solution delivers unprecedented scalability, agility and cost savings, and enables our
customers to migrate to multi-gigabit broadband capacity and the fast deployment of DOCSIS 3.1 data, video and voice services. We believe our solution
resolves space and power constraints in cable operator facilities, significantly reduces dependence on hardware upgrade cycles, and reduces total cost of
ownership. Our CableOS solution can be deployed based on a centralized, distributed access or hybrid architecture.
CableOS Central Cloud Services. Our CableOS Central Cloud Services is a value-add subscription service for CableOS customers that bundles three
elements: (i) 24x7 technical support, (ii) a dedicated customer success team focused on customer satisfaction and retention, and (iii) a CableOS Central
Suite SaaS that enhances and simplifies the deployment, monitoring, operation and maintenance of the CableOS solution.
Technical Support and Professional Services
We provide maintenance and support services to most of our customers under service level agreements that are generally renewed on an annual basis.
We also provide consulting, implementation and integration services to our customers worldwide. We draw upon our expertise in broadcast television,
communications networking, compression technology and cable access technologies to design, integrate and install complete solutions for our customers,
including integration with third-party products and services. We offer a broad range of services, including SaaS-related support and deployment, program
management, technical design and planning, building and site preparation, integration and equipment installation, end-to-end system testing and
comprehensive training.
7
Table of Contents
Customers
We sell our products to a variety of cable, satellite and telco, and broadcast and media companies. Set forth below is a representative list of our
significant end user and integrator/reseller customers, listed alphabetically, based, in part, on revenue during 2021.
United States
AT&T
Charter Communications
Comcast
Cox Communications
Dish Network
Heartland Video Systems
Intelsat
Scripps Media
SES
Turner Broadcasting
International
Access Communications
America Movil Peru
EVS Broadcast
Groupe Canal
Irdeto BV
Millicom
Netorium
NYL Electronica
Tele2 Sverige AB
Vodafone
Sales to our 10 largest customers in 2021, 2020 and 2019 accounted for approximately 58%, 51% and 49% of our net revenue, respectively. Although
we continue to seek to broaden our customer base by penetrating new markets and further expanding internationally, we expect to see continuing industry
consolidation and customer concentration.
During 2021, 2020 and 2019, Comcast accounted for 26%, 20% and 23% of our net revenue, respectively. The loss of any significant customer, or
any material reduction in orders from any significant customer, or our failure to qualify our new products with any significant customer could materially
and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, we are involved in most quarters in one or more relatively large
individual transactions. A decrease in the number of relatively larger individual transactions in which we are involved in any quarter could adversely affect
our operating results for that quarter.
Sales and Marketing
In the United States and internationally, we sell our products through our own direct sales force, as well as through independent resellers and systems
integrators. Our direct sales team is organized geographically and by major customers and markets to support customer requirements. Our principal sales
offices outside of the United States are located in Europe and Asia, and we have support staff in Switzerland and France to support our international
customers and operations. Our international resellers are generally responsible for importing our products and providing certain installation, technical
support and other services to customers in their territory after receiving training from us.
Our direct sales force and resellers are supported by a highly trained technical staff, which includes application engineers who work closely with our
customers to develop technical proposals and design systems to optimize system performance and economic benefits for our customers. Our technical
support teams provide a customized set of services, as required, for ongoing maintenance, support-on-demand and training for our customers and resellers,
both in our facilities and on-site.
Our product management organization develops strategies for product lines and markets and, in conjunction with our sales force, identifies the
evolving technical and application needs of customers so that our product development resources can be most effectively and efficiently deployed to meet
anticipated product requirements. Our product management organization is also responsible for setting price levels, demand forecasting and general support
of the sales force, particularly at major accounts.
Our corporate marketing organization is responsible for building awareness of the Harmonic brand in our markets and driving engagement with our
strategies, solutions and products. The group develops all of our corporate messaging and manages all customer and industry communication channels,
including public relations, Web and social media, events and trade shows, as well as demand generation marketing campaigns in conjunction with our sales
force.
8
Table of Contents
Manufacturing and Suppliers
We rely on third-party contract manufacturers to assemble our products and the subassemblies and modules for our products. In 2003, we entered into
an agreement with Plexus Services Corp. (“Plexus”) to act as our primary contract manufacturer. Plexus accounts for the majority of the products we
purchase from our contract manufacturers. This agreement has automatic annual renewals, unless prior notice for nonrenewal is given, and has been
automatically renewed for a term expiring in October 2022. We do not generally maintain long-term agreements with any of our contract manufacturers.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a sole supplier or a
limited group of suppliers. While we expend considerable efforts to qualify additional component sources, consolidation of suppliers in the industry and the
small number of viable alternatives have limited the results of these efforts. We do not generally maintain long-term agreements with any of our suppliers.
Intellectual Property
As of December 31, 2021, we held 110 issued U.S. patents and 46 issued foreign patents and had 49 patent applications pending. Although we
attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights, licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property rights owned by us will not be
invalidated, circumvented or challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us, or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the claims, or the scope of the claims, sought by us, if at all. We cannot assure you that others will not develop
technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the patents that we own. In addition, effective patent,
copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in which we do business or may do business in the future.
We enter into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers as needed, and generally limit access to,
and distribution of, our proprietary information. However, no assurances can be given that these actions will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In
addition, if necessary, we are prepared to take legal action, in the future, to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, to protect our trade
secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Any such litigation
could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, including management time, and could negatively affect our business, operating results,
financial position and cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market our products, we may be required to enter into technology development or licensing agreements with
third parties. Although many companies are often willing to enter into such technology development or licensing agreements, we cannot assure you that
such agreements can be negotiated on reasonable terms or at all. The failure to enter into technology development or licensing agreements, when necessary,
could limit our ability to develop and market new products and could harm our business.
Backlog
We schedule production of our products and solutions based upon our backlog, open contracts, informal commitments from customers and sales
projections. Our backlog consists of unfilled firm purchase orders by our customers which have not been completed. Approximately 80% to 90% of our
backlog and deferred revenue is projected to be converted to revenue within a rolling one-year period. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had backlog,
including deferred revenue, of $441.0 million and $290.5 million, respectively. Delivery schedules on such orders may be deferred or canceled for a
number of reasons, including reductions in spending by our customers or changes in specific customer requirements. In addition, due to annual budget
cycles at many of our customers, the amount of our backlog at any given time is not necessarily indicative of actual revenues for any succeeding period.
Competition
The markets in which our Video and Cable Access businesses operate are extremely competitive and have been characterized by rapid technological
change and declining average selling prices in the past. The principal competitive factors in these markets include product performance, functionality and
features, reliability, pricing, breadth of product offerings, brand recognition and awareness, sales and distribution capabilities, technical operations, support
and services, and customer relationships with our customers. We believe that we compete favorably in each of these categories.
9
Table of Contents
Our competitors in our Video appliance business include ATEME, MediaKind, Synamedia, Grass Valley, Evertz Microsystems, CommScope and
Imagine Communications. Our competitors in our Video SaaS business include Amazon Web Services (AWS), Kaltura, iStreamPlanet, Brightcove and
Edgecast.
Our competitors in our Cable Access business include CommScope, Casa Systems, Cisco Systems, Vecima Networks and Calix.
Research and Development
We have historically devoted a significant amount of our resources to research and development. Research and development expenses in 2021, 2020
and 2019 were approximately $102.2 million, $82.5 million and $84.6 million, respectively. Research and development expenses as a percentage of
revenue in 2021, 2020 and 2019 were approximately 20%, 22% and 21%, respectively. Our internal research and development activities are conducted
primarily in the United States (California, Oregon and New Jersey), France, Israel and Hong Kong. In addition, a portion of our research and development
is conducted through third-party partners with engineering resources in Ukraine and India.
Our research and development program is primarily focused on developing new products and solutions, and adding new features and other
improvements to existing products and solutions. Our development strategy is to identify features and capabilities in our core software appliances and SaaS
platforms that are, or are expected to be, needed by our customers. For our Video business segment, our current research and development efforts are
focused on enhancing our streaming capabilities, expanding our targeted advertising technologies, and improving the efficiency and flexibility of broadcast
workflows for our traditional appliances and within our SaaS platform. With respect to our Cable Access business segment, our major research and
development efforts are focused on cable access solutions for both video and data, particularly the ongoing development of our centralized and distributed
CableOS software-based cable access solutions.
Our success in designing, developing, manufacturing and selling new or enhanced products and solutions will depend on a variety of factors,
including the identification of market demand for new products and solutions, product selection, timely product design and development, product
performance, effective manufacturing and assembly processes, and sales and marketing. Because of the complexity inherent in such research and
development efforts, we cannot assure you that we will successfully develop new products and solutions, or that new products and solutions developed by
us will achieve market acceptance. Our failure to successfully develop and introduce new products and solutions would materially and adversely affect our
business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Human Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2021, we employed a total of 1,267 full time employees, including 490 in research and development, 243 in sales, 271 in service
and support, 60 in operations, 87 in marketing (corporate and product) and 116 in a general and administrative capacity. Of those employees, 405 were
located in the United States and Canada, and 862 employees were located outside of North America in 25 countries in Central and South America, the
Middle East and Africa, Europe and the Asia Pacific region. From time to time, we also employ a number of temporary employees and consultants on a
contract basis. Our employees in France are represented by labor unions and an employee works council. None of our other employees are represented by a
labor union with respect to their employment with us. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to
be good.
Competition for qualified personnel in the technology space is intense, and we believe that our future success largely depends upon our continued
ability to attract, develop and retain highly skilled individuals across the globe. We believe we offer competitive compensation (including salary, incentive
bonus and equity awards) and comprehensive benefits packages in each of our locations around the globe. We aim to create an environment in which our
employees can develop and grow, and be recognized for their achievements. We offer training, development and on-demand learning programs to support
continuous learning and cultivate talent throughout the company, and promote opportunities for internal mobility and recruitment across functions and
geographies. We offer rewards and recognition programs, including spot awards to recognize employee contributions, patent incentive awards, and various
functional recognition awards. We regularly conduct employee surveys to gauge employee engagement and satisfaction, and we use the views expressed in
the surveys to influence our people strategy and policies.
10
Table of Contents
As a global company, much of our success is rooted in the diversity of our teams and our commitment to inclusion, where all employees are respected
regardless of gender, race, color, national origin, ancestry, citizenship, religion, age, physical or mental disability, medical condition, genetic information,
pregnancy, sexual orientation, gender identity or gender expression, veteran status, or marital status. We are focused on understanding our diversity, equity
and inclusion (DEI) opportunities and executing on a strategy to support further progress. We support regional employee-led DEI groups that promote and
drive various volunteering initiatives aimed at assisting underrepresented and disadvantaged populations in the communities where we operate, as well as
internal awareness and educational campaigns on DEI-related topics. We continue to focus on building a pipeline for talent to create more opportunities for
workplace gender and other diversity and to support greater representation within the company.
Available Information
Our website is located at www.harmonicinc.com, and our investor relations website is located at investor.harmonicinc.com. Copies of the Company’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge on our investor relations website as soon as reasonably practicable after
we file such material electronically with or furnish it to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). The SEC also maintains a website that
contains our SEC filings at www.sec.gov.
We announce material information to the public about us, our products and services and other matters through a variety of means, including filings
with the SEC, press releases, public conference calls, webcasts, and our investor relations web site (investor.harmonicinc.com) in order to achieve broad,
non-exclusionary distribution of information to the public and for complying with our disclosure obligations under Regulation FD. Except as expressly set
forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the contents of our web site are not incorporated by reference into, or otherwise to be regarded as part of, this
report or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.
11
Table of Contents
Item 1A.
RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted and harmed, and may continue to disrupt and harm, our business, financial condition and operating results.
We are unable to predict the extent to which the pandemic and related impacts will continue to adversely impact our business, financial condition and
operating results and the achievement of our strategic objectives.
Our business, operations and financial performance have been negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and related public health responses,
such as travel bans and restrictions, social distancing requirements and shelter-in-place orders. The pandemic and these related responses have caused, and
may continue to cause, decreased demand for our offerings or delayed purchasing decisions by our customers, a global slowdown of economic activity
(including a decrease in demand for a broad variety of goods and services), supply chain constraints, and significant volatility and disruption of financial
markets.
The COVID-19 pandemic has subjected our operations, financial performance and financial condition to a number of risks, including, but not limited
to, those discussed below:
• Declines in demand for our offerings or delays in purchasing decisions as a result of the initial COVID-19 outbreak, which generally occurred
in the first half of 2020 and may occur in the future, including as a result of social distancing requirements and shelter-in-place orders limiting
our ability to deploy our products, and general economic uncertainty causing a number of businesses to delay or reduce costs;
•
Supply chain disruptions and component shortages, exacerbated by overall increased demand for such components, and increased costs
related to freight and shipping and securing timely and sufficient supply of certain product components;
• Delays in payments or defaults by our customers or if customers terminate their relationships with us or do not renew their agreements on
economic or other terms that are favorable to us;
•
Challenges in establishing certain new customer relationships due to travel and meeting restrictions as a result of COVID-19; and
• Our modified business practices in response to the pandemic, such as having most of our employees work remotely, canceling all non-
essential employee travel, and cancelling, postponing or holding virtually events and meetings. We may in the future be required to, or choose
voluntarily to, take additional actions for the health and safety of our workforce, whether in response to government orders or based on our
own determinations of what is in the best interests of our employees; we have been and will continue to be flexible in allowing or limiting
access to our various office locations based on local conditions. To the extent our current or future measures result in decreased productivity,
harm our company culture or otherwise negatively affect our business, our financial condition and operating results could be adversely
affected.
While we have seen improvements in our markets in recent periods, we remain cautious given recent COVID-19 surges across the globe and the
impact the pandemic continues to have on global supply chains and the pricing and availability of certain materials and components. The severity,
magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, the public health responses and its economic consequences continue to be uncertain, dynamic and
difficult to predict, and the pandemic’s impact on our operations and financial performance, as well as its impact on our ability to successfully execute our
business strategies and initiatives, remains uncertain and difficult to predict. Further, the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers and
on our business, operations and financial performance, depends on many factors that are not within our control, including, but not limited, to: government,
business and individual actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic (including restrictions on travel and transport,
prohibitions on, or voluntary cancellation of, large gatherings of people and social distancing requirements, and modified workplace activities); the impact
of the pandemic and actions taken in response to local or regional economies, travel, and economic activity; the availability of government funding
programs; general economic uncertainty in key markets and financial market volatility; volatility in our stock price, global economic conditions and levels
of economic growth; and the success of vaccination efforts and pace of recovery in the regions and countries where we conduct business, including the
impact of any faltering or unsuccessful reopening of economic activity or subsequent outbreaks of COVID-19. As a result of the uncertainty and disrupted
market conditions due to the COVID-19 pandemic, our business, operating results and financial condition has been and may continue to be adversely
affected.
12
Table of Contents
We depend on cable, satellite and telco, and broadcast and media industry spending for our revenue and any material decrease or delay in spending in
any of these industries would negatively impact our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Our revenue has been derived from worldwide sales to service providers and broadcast and media companies, as well as, in recent years, streaming
media companies. We expect that these markets will provide our revenue for the foreseeable future. Demand for our products and solutions will depend on
the magnitude and timing of spending by customers in each of these markets for the purpose of creating, expanding or upgrading their systems. These
spending patterns are dependent on a variety of factors, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the impact of general economic conditions, actual and projected, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government and
business responses thereto on the global economy and regional economies;
access to financing;
annual budget cycles of customers in each of the industries we serve;
the impact of industry consolidation;
customers suspending, reducing or shifting spending due to: (i) new video or cable industry standards; (ii) industry trends and technology
shifts, such as virtualization and cloud-based solutions, and (iii) new products and solutions, such as products and services based on our VOS
software platform or our CableOS software-based cable access solutions;
delayed or reduced near-term spending as customers transition away from video appliance solutions and adopt new business and operating
models enabled by software- and cloud-based solutions, including SaaS unified video processing solutions;
federal, state, local and foreign government regulation of telecommunications, television broadcasting and streaming media;
overall demand for communication services and consumer acceptance of new video and data technologies and services;
competitive pressures, including pricing pressures;
the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and
discretionary end-user customer spending patterns.
In the past, specific factors contributing to reduced spending have included:
•
uncertainty and deteriorated market conditions regionally and globally due to the COVID-19 pandemic;
• weak or uncertain economic and financial conditions in the United States or one or more international markets;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
uncertainty related to development of industry technology;
delays in evaluations of new services, new standards and systems architectures by certain customers;
emphasis by certain of our customers on generating revenue from existing subscribers or end-customers, rather than from new subscribers or
end-customers, through construction, expansion or upgrades;
a reduction in the amount of capital available to finance projects of our customers and potential customers;
proposed and completed business combinations and divestitures by our customers and the length of regulatory review of each;
completion of a new system or significant expansion or upgrade to a system; and
bankruptcies and financial restructuring of major customers.
13
Table of Contents
In the past, adverse economic conditions in one or more of the geographies in which we offer our products have adversely affected our customers’
spending in those geographies and, as a result, our business. During challenging economic times, such as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, and in tight
credit markets, many customers have delayed and reduced and may continue to delay or reduce capital expenditures. This has resulted and could continue
to result in reductions in revenue from our products, longer sales cycles, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable, slower adoption of new
technologies and increased price competition. If global economic and market conditions, or economic conditions in the United States, Europe or other key
markets, remain uncertain or deteriorate, we could experience a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and
cash flows. Additionally, since most of our international revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars, global economic and market conditions may impact
currency exchange rates and cause our products to become relatively more expensive to customers in a particular country or region, which could lead to
delayed or reduced spending in those countries or regions, thereby negatively impacting our business and financial condition.
In addition, industry consolidation has in the past constrained, and may in the future constrain or delay, spending by our customers. Further, if our
product portfolio and product development plans do not position us well to capture an increased portion of the spending of customers in the markets on
which we focus, our revenue may decline.
As a result of these various factors and potential issues related to customer spending, we may not be able to maintain or increase our revenue in the
future, and our operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.
The loss of one or more of our key customers, a failure to continue diversifying our customer base, or a decrease in the number of larger transactions
could harm our business and our operating results.
Historically, a significant portion of our revenue has been derived from relatively few customers, due in part to the consolidation of media customers.
Sales to our top 10 customers in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 accounted for approximately 58%, 51% and 49% of revenue,
respectively. Although we continue to seek to broaden our customer base by penetrating new markets and further expanding internationally, we expect to
see continuing industry consolidation and customer concentration.
In the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, Comcast accounted for 26%, 20% and 23% of our net revenue, respectively. Further
consolidation in the cable industry could lead to additional revenue concentration for us. The loss of any significant customer, or any material reduction in
orders from any other significant customer, or our failure to qualify our new products with any significant customer could materially and adversely affect,
either long term or in a particular quarter, our operating results, financial condition and cash flows. Further, while Comcast’s election to license our
CableOS software contains commitments in license fees to us, if Comcast deploys our solutions more slowly or at a scale that is lower than we anticipate,
our operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be materially and adversely effected.
In addition, we are involved in most quarters in one or more relatively large individual transactions. A decrease in the number of the relatively larger
individual transactions in which we are involved in any quarter could materially and adversely affect our operating results for that quarter.
As a result of these and other factors, we may be unable to increase our revenues from some or all of the markets we address, or to do so profitably,
and any failure to increase revenues and profits from these customers could materially and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and
cash flows.
We need to develop and introduce new and enhanced products and solutions in a timely manner to meet the needs of our customers and to remain
competitive.
All of the markets we address are characterized by continuing technological advancement, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry
standards. To compete successfully, we must continually design, develop, manufacture and sell new or enhanced products and solutions that provide
increasingly higher levels of performance and reliability and meet our customers’ changing needs. However, we may not be successful in those efforts if,
among other things, our products and solutions:
• are not cost effective;
• are not brought to market in a timely manner;
• are not in accordance with evolving industry standards;
• fail to meet market acceptance or customer requirements; or
• are ahead of the needs of their markets.
14
Table of Contents
If new standards or some of our new products are adopted later than we predict or not adopted at all, or if adoption occurs earlier than we are able to
deliver the applicable products or functionality, we risk spending significant research and development time and dollars on products or features that may
never achieve market acceptance or that miss the customer demand window and thus do not produce the revenue that a timely introduction would have
likely produced.
If we fail to develop and market new and enhanced products and solutions on a timely basis, our operating results, financial condition and cash flows
could be materially and adversely affected.
The markets in which we operate are intensely competitive.
The markets for our products are extremely competitive and have been characterized by rapid technological change and declining average sales prices
in the past.
Our competitors in our Video appliance business include ATEME, MediaKind, Synamedia, Grass Valley, Evertz Microsystems, CommScope and
Imagine Communications. Our competitors in our Video SaaS business include Amazon Web Services (“AWS”), Kaltura, iStreamPlanet, Brightcove and
Edgecast. Our competitors in our Cable Access business include CommScope, Casa Systems and Cisco Systems, Vecima Networks and Calix.
A number of our principal business competitors in both of our business segments are substantially larger and/or may have access to greater financial,
technical, marketing or other resources than we have. Consolidation in the Video industry has led to the acquisition of a number of our historic competitors
over the last several years by private equity firms and by AWS. With respect to our Cable Access business, our competitors are generally substantially
larger than us.
In addition, some of our larger competitors may have more long-standing and established relationships with certain domestic and foreign customers.
Many of these large enterprises are in a better position to withstand any significant reduction in spending by customers in our markets and may be better
able to navigate periods of market uncertainty, such as the uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. They often have broader product lines and
market focus, and may not be as susceptible to downturns in a particular market. These competitors may also be able to bundle their products together to
meet the needs of a particular customer, and may be capable of delivering more complete solutions than we are able to provide. To the extent large
enterprises that currently do not compete directly with us choose to enter our markets by acquisition or otherwise, competition would likely intensify.
Further, some of our competitors have offered, and in the future may offer, their products at lower prices than we offer for our competing products or
on more attractive financing or payment terms, which has in the past caused, and may in the future cause, us to lose sales opportunities and the resulting
revenue or to reduce our prices in response to that competition. Also, some competitors that are smaller than we are have engaged in, and may continue to
engage in, aggressive price competition in order to gain customer traction and market share. Reductions in prices for any of our products could materially
and adversely affect our operating margins and revenue.
Additionally, certain customers and potential customers have developed, and may continue to develop, their own solutions that may cause such
customers or potential customers to not consider our product offerings or to displace our installed products with their own solutions. The growing
availability of open source codecs and related software, as well as new server chipsets that incorporate encoding technology, has, in certain respects,
lowered the barriers to entry for the video processing industry. The development of solutions by potential and existing customers and the reduction of the
barriers to entry to enter the video processing industry could result in increased competition and adversely affect our results of operations and business.
If any of our competitors’ products or technologies were to become the industry standard, our business could be seriously harmed. If our competitors
are successful in bringing their products to market earlier than us, or if these products are more technologically capable than ours, our revenue could be
materially and adversely affected.
Our future growth depends on a number of video and broadband industry trends.
Technology, industry and regulatory trends and requirements may affect the growth of our business. These trends and requirements include the
following:
•
•
•
•
convergence, whereby network operators bundle video, voice and data services to consumers, including mobile delivery options;
continued strong consumer demand for streaming video services;
continued adoption of public cloud SaaS platforms to stream video content to consumers, as well as for broadcast infrastructure
workflows;
continued growth in targeted advertising as a key revenue source for video streaming service providers;
15
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
the pace of adoption and deployment of high-bandwidth technology, such as DOCSIS 3.x, DOCSIS 4.0, next generation LTE and fiber-
to-the-premises (“FTTP”);
the use of digital video by businesses, governments and educational institutions globally;
efforts by regulators and governments in the United States and internationally to encourage the adoption of broadband and digital
technologies, including 5G broadband networks, as well as to regulate broadband access and delivery;
the need to develop partnerships with other companies involved in video infrastructure workflow and broadband services;
the extent and nature of regulatory attitudes towards issues such as network neutrality, competition between operators, access by third
parties to networks of other operators, local franchising requirements for telcos to offer video, and other new services, such as mobile
video; and
the outcome of disputes and negotiations between content owners and service providers regarding rights of service providers to store and
distribute recorded broadcast content, which outcomes may drive adoption of one technology over another in some cases.
If we fail to recognize and respond to these trends, by timely developing products, features and services required by these trends, we are likely to lose
revenue opportunities and our operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.
Our software-based cable access product initiatives expose us to certain technology transition risks that may adversely impact our operating results,
financial condition and cash flows.
We believe our CableOS software-based cable access solutions, supporting centralized, DAA or hybrid configurations, will significantly reduce cable
headend costs and increase operational efficiency, and are an important step in cable operators’ transition to all-IP networks. If we are unsuccessful in
continuing to innovate and develop and deploy our cable access solutions in a timely manner, or are otherwise delayed in making our solutions available to
our customers, our business may be adversely impacted, particularly if our competitors develop and market similar or superior products and solutions.
We believe our software-based cable access solutions will continue to replace and make obsolete current CMTS solutions, which is a market our
products have historically not addressed, as well as cable edge-QAM products. If demand for our software-based cable access solutions is weaker than
expected, our near and long-term operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely impacted. Moreover, if competitors adapt new
cable industry technology standards into competing cable access solutions faster than we do, or promulgate a new or competitive architecture for next-
generation cable access solutions that renders our CableOS solution obsolete, our business may be adversely impacted.
The sales cycle for our CableOS solutions tends to be long. For cable operators, upgrading or expanding network infrastructure is complex and
expensive, and investing in a CableOS solution is a significant strategic decision that may require considerable time to evaluate, test and qualify. Potential
customers need to ensure our CableOS solution will interoperate with the various components of its existing network infrastructure, including third-party
equipment, servers and software. In addition, since we are a relatively new entrant into the CMTS market, we need to demonstrate significant performance,
functionality and/or cost advantages with our CableOS solutions that outweigh customer switching costs. If sales cycles are significantly longer than
anticipated or we are otherwise unsuccessful in growing our CableOS sales, our operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be materially
and adversely affected.
Our operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly and, as a result, may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or investors,
causing our stock price to decline.
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to continue to fluctuate in the future, on an annual and a quarterly basis, as a result of
several factors, many of which are outside of our control. Some of the factors that may cause these fluctuations include:
•
•
•
the level and timing of spending of our customers in the United States, Europe and in other markets;
economic and financial conditions specific to each of the cable, satellite and telco, and broadcast and media industries, as well as general
economic and financial market conditions, including the global economic uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and
government and business responses thereto as well as related supply chain and labor shortage issues;
changes in market acceptance of and demand for our products or our customers’ services or products;
16
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the timing and amount of orders, especially from large individual transactions and transactions with our significant customers;
the mix of our products sold and the effect it has on gross margins;
the timing of revenue recognition, including revenue recognition on sales arrangements and from transactions with significant service and
support components, which may span several quarters;
our transition to a SaaS subscription model for our Video business, which may cause near-term declines in revenue;
the timing of completion of our customers’ projects;
the length of each customer product upgrade cycle and the volume of purchases during the cycle;
competitive market conditions, including pricing actions by our competitors;
the level and mix of our domestic and international revenue;
new product introductions by our competitors or by us;
uncertainty in both the U.K. and the European Union due to the U.K.’s exit from the European Union and the impact of the U.K.’s
transitional period following this exit, which could adversely affect our results, financial condition and prospects;
changes in domestic and international regulatory environments affecting our business;
the evaluation of new services, new standards and system architectures by our customers;
the cost and timely availability to us of components, subassemblies and modules;
the mix of our customer base, by industry and size, and sales channels;
changes in our operating and extraordinary expenses;
the timing of acquisitions and dispositions by us and the financial impact of such transactions;
impairment of our goodwill and intangibles;
the impact of litigation, such as related litigation expenses and settlement costs;
• write-downs of inventory and investments;
•
•
•
•
changes in our effective federal tax rate, including as a result of changes in our valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, and
changes in our effective state tax rates, including as a result of apportionment;
changes to tax rules related to the deferral of foreign earnings and compliance with foreign tax rules;
the impact of applicable accounting guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes that requires us to establish reserves for
uncertain tax positions and accrue potential tax penalties and interest; and
the impact of applicable accounting guidance on business combinations that requires us to record charges for certain acquisition related
costs and expenses and generally to expense restructuring costs associated with a business combination subsequent to the acquisition
date.
The timing of deployment of our products by our customers can be subject to a number of other risks, including the availability of skilled engineering
and technical personnel, the availability of third-party equipment and services, our customers’ ability to negotiate and enter into rights agreements with
video content owners that provide our customers with the right to deliver certain video content, and our customers’ need for local franchise and licensing
approvals.
We often recognize a substantial portion of our quarterly revenue in the last month of the quarter. We establish our expenditure levels for product
development and other operating expenses based on projected revenue levels for a specified period, and expenses are relatively fixed in the short term.
Accordingly, even small variations in the timing of revenue, particularly from relatively large individual transactions, can cause significant fluctuations in
operating results in a particular quarter.
As a result of these factors and other factors, our operating results in one or more future periods may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of
securities analysts or investors. In that event, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline.
17
Table of Contents
We purchase several key components, subassemblies and modules used in the manufacture or integration of our products from sole or limited sources,
and we rely on contract manufacturers and other subcontractors.
Our reliance on sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign suppliers, and our reliance on contractors for manufacturing and installation of our
products, involves several risks, including a potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components, subassemblies or modules; reduced
control over costs, quality and timely delivery of components, subassemblies or modules; supplier discontinuation of components, subassemblies or
modules we require; and timely installation of products. In addition, our financial results may be impacted by tariffs imposed by the United States on goods
from other countries and tariffs imposed by other countries on U.S. goods. If any such tariffs are imposed on products or components that we import,
including those obtained from a sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers, we could experience reduced revenues or may have to raise our prices, either
of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
These risks could be heightened during a substantial economic slowdown because our suppliers and subcontractors are more likely to experience
adverse changes in their financial condition and operations during such a period. Further, these risks could materially and adversely affect our business if
one of our sole sources, or a sole source of one of our suppliers or contract manufacturers, is adversely affected by a natural disaster or the outbreak of
disease, epidemics and other pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, which has adversely impacted and may continue to adversely impact our supply
chain. While we expend resources to qualify additional component sources, consolidation of suppliers and the small number of viable alternatives have
limited the results of these efforts. Managing our supplier and contractor relationships is particularly difficult during time periods in which we introduce
new products and during time periods in which demand for our products is increasing, especially if demand increases more quickly than we expect.
Plexus Services Corp. (“Plexus”), which manufactures our products at its facilities in Malaysia, currently serves as our primary contract manufacturer,
and currently accounts for a majority, by dollar amount, of the products that we purchase from our contract manufacturers. Most of the products
manufactured by our French and Israeli operations are outsourced to another third-party manufacturer in France and Israel, respectively. From time to time
we assess our relationship with our contract manufacturers, and we do not generally maintain long-term agreements with any of our suppliers or contract
manufacturers. Our agreement with Plexus has automatic annual renewals, unless prior notice is given by either party, and has been automatically renewed
for a term expiring in October 2022.
Difficulties in managing relationships with any of our current contract manufacturers, particularly Plexus, that manufacture our products off-shore, or
any of our suppliers of key components, subassemblies and modules used in our products, could impede our ability to meet our customers’ requirements
and adversely affect our operating results. An inability to obtain adequate and timely deliveries of our products or any materials used in our products, or the
inability of any of our contract manufacturers to scale their production to meet demand, such as the inability of certain of our contract manufacturers to
operate at capacity for periods of time due to the COVID-19 pandemic, which may occur again in future periods, or any other circumstance that would
require us to seek alternative sources of supply, had negatively impacted and could continue to negatively affect our ability to ship our products on a timely
basis, which could damage relationships with current and prospective customers and harm our business and materially and adversely affect our revenue and
other operating results. Furthermore, if we fail to meet customers’ supply expectations, our revenue would be adversely affected and we may lose sales
opportunities, both short and long term, which could materially and adversely affect our business and our operating results, financial condition and cash
flows. Increases, from time to time, in demand on our suppliers and subcontractors from our customers or from other parties have, on occasion, caused
delays in the availability of certain components and products. In response, we may increase our inventories of certain components and products and
expedite shipments of our products when necessary. These actions could increase our costs and could also increase our risk of holding obsolete or excess
inventory, which, despite our use of a demand order fulfillment model, could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial
condition and cash flows.
Operational Risks
We rely on resellers, value-added resellers and systems integrators for a significant portion of our revenue, and disruptions to, or our failure to develop
and manage our relationships with these customers or the processes and procedures that support them could adversely affect our business.
We generate a significant percentage of our revenue through sales to resellers, value-added resellers (“VARs”) and systems integrators that assist us
with fulfillment or installation obligations. We expect that these sales will continue to generate a significant percentage of our revenue in the future.
Accordingly, our future success is highly dependent upon establishing and maintaining successful relationships with a variety of channel partners.
18
Table of Contents
We generally have no long-term contracts or minimum purchase commitments with any of our reseller, VAR or system integrator customers, and our
contracts with these parties do not prohibit them from purchasing or offering products or services that compete with ours. Our competitors may provide
incentives to any of our reseller, VAR or systems integrator customers to favor their products or, in effect, to prevent or reduce sales of our products. Any of
our reseller, VAR or systems integrator customers may independently choose not to purchase or offer our products. Many of our resellers, and some of our
VARs and system integrators are small, are based in a variety of international locations, and may have relatively unsophisticated processes and limited
financial resources to conduct their business. Any significant disruption of our sales to these customers, including as a result of the inability or
unwillingness of these customers to continue purchasing our products, or their failure to properly manage their business with respect to the purchase of, and
payment for, our products, or their ability to comply with our policies and procedures as well as applicable laws, could materially and adversely affect our
business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, our failure to continue to establish or maintain successful relationships with
reseller, VAR and systems integrator customers could likewise materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and cash
flows.
We face risks associated with having outsourced engineering resources located in Ukraine.
We outsource a portion of our research and development and product support activities to our third-party partner, GlobalLogic, a Hitachi group
company. Through GlobalLogic, we have a significant number of engineering resources located in Kyiv, Ukraine that are dedicated to our Cable Access
and Video business segments. Political, social and economic instability and unrest or violence in Ukraine from the ongoing military conflict with the
Russian Federation have caused, and may continue to cause, disruptions to the business and operations of GlobalLogic, which could slow or delay the
development and support work our outsourced engineering teams are undertaking for us. Any escalation of political tensions, military activity, instability,
unrest or conflict could limit or prevent our employees from traveling to, from, or within Ukraine to direct and coordinate our outsourced engineering
teams, or cause us to shift all or portions of the development and support work occurring in Ukraine, and/or cause GlobalLogic to relocate personnel to
other locations or countries pursuant to its business continuity plans. Any resulting delays could negatively impact our product development and support
efforts, operating results and our business.
We may not be able to effectively manage our operations.
As of December 31, 2021, we had 890 employees in our international operations, representing approximately 70% of our worldwide workforce. In
recent years, we have expanded our international operations significantly. For example, upon the closing of our acquisition of Thomson Video Networks
(“TVN”) on February 29, 2016, we added 438 employees, most of whom were based in France. Our ability to manage our business effectively in the future,
including with respect to any future growth, our operation as both a hardware and increasingly software- and SaaS-centric business, the integration of any
acquisition efforts such as our acquisition of TVN, and the breadth of our international operations, will require us to train, motivate and manage our
employees successfully, to attract and integrate new employees into our overall operations, to retain key employees and to continue to improve and evolve
our operational, financial and management systems. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a significant majority of our employees working mostly or
completely from home, which has required us to allocate additional resources towards IT and operations, and which may create new challenges for our
operational and management systems. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in any of these efforts, and our failure to effectively manage our
operations could have a material and adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition.
We face risks associated with having facilities and employees located in Israel.
As of December 31, 2021, we maintained facilities in Israel with a total of 226 employees, or approximately 18% of our worldwide workforce. Our
employees in Israel engage in a number of activities, for both our Video and Cable Access business segments, including research and development, product
development, product management, supply chain management for certain product lines and sales activities.
19
Table of Contents
As such, we are directly affected by the political, economic and military conditions affecting Israel. Any significant conflict involving Israel could
have a direct effect on our business or that of our Israeli contract manufacturers, in the form of physical damage or injury, restrictions from traveling or
reluctance to travel to from or within Israel by our Israeli and other employees or those of our subcontractors, or the loss of Israeli employees to active
military duty. Most of our employees in Israel are currently obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israel Defense Forces, and approximately 8% of
those employees were called for active military duty in 2021. In the event that more of our employees are called to active duty, certain of our research and
development activities may be significantly delayed and adversely affected. Further, the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its trading
partners, as a result of terrorist attacks or hostilities, conflicts between Israel and any other Middle Eastern country or organization, or any other cause,
could significantly harm our business. Additionally, current or future tensions or conflicts in the Middle East could materially and adversely affect our
business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
In order to manage our growth, we must be successful in addressing management succession issues and attracting and retaining qualified personnel.
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on the ability of our management to operate effectively, both individually and as a group. We
must successfully manage transition and replacement issues that may result from the departure or retirement of members of our executive management. We
cannot provide assurances that changes of management personnel in the future would not cause disruption to operations or customer relationships or a
decline in our operating results.
We are also dependent on our ability to retain and motivate our existing highly qualified personnel, in addition to attracting new highly qualified
personnel. Competition for qualified management, technical and other personnel is often intense, particularly in Silicon Valley, Israel and Hong Kong
where we have significant research and development activities, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel. Competitors and
others have in the past attempted, and are likely in the future to attempt, to recruit our employees. While our employees are required to sign standard
agreements concerning confidentiality, non-solicitation and ownership of inventions, we generally do not have non-competition agreements with our
personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, the inability to attract or retain highly qualified personnel in the future or delays in hiring
such personnel, particularly senior management and engineers and other technical personnel, could negatively affect our business and operating results.
Furthermore, a certain portion of our personnel in the United States is comprised of foreign nationals whose ability to work for us depends on obtaining the
necessary visas. Our ability to hire and retain foreign nationals in the United States, and their ability to remain and work in the United States, is affected by
various laws and regulations, including limitations on the availability of visas. Changes in United States laws or regulations affecting the availability of
visas have, and may continue to adversely affect, our ability to hire or retain key personnel and as a result may impair our operations.
Our products include third-party technology and intellectual property, and our inability to acquire new technologies or use third-party technology in
the future could harm our business.
In order to successfully develop and market certain of our planned products, we may be required to enter into technology development or licensing
agreements with third parties. Although companies with technology useful to us are often willing to enter into technology development or licensing
agreements with respect to such technology, we cannot provide assurances that such agreements may be negotiated on commercially reasonable terms, or at
all. The failure to enter, or a delay in entering, into such technology development or licensing agreements, when necessary or desirable, could limit our
ability to develop and market new products and could materially and adversely affect our business.
We incorporate certain third-party technologies, including software programs, into our products, and, as noted, intend to utilize additional third-party
technologies in the future. In addition, the technologies that we license may not operate properly or as specified, and we may not be able to secure
alternatives in a timely manner, either of which could harm our business. We could face delays in product releases until alternative technology can be
identified, licensed or developed, and integrated into our products, if we are able to do so at all. These delays, or a failure to secure or develop adequate
technology, could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
20
Table of Contents
Cybersecurity incidents, including data security breaches or computer viruses, could harm our business by disrupting our business operations,
compromising our products and services, damaging our reputation or exposing us to liability.
Cyber criminals and hackers may attempt to penetrate our network security, misappropriate our proprietary information or cause business
interruptions. Because the techniques used by such computer programmers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized
until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. In the past, we have faced
compromises to our network security, and companies are facing additional attacks as workforces become more distributed following shelter-in-place orders.
While we have invested in and continue to update our network security and cybersecurity infrastructure and systems, if our cybersecurity systems fail to
protect against unauthorized access, sophisticated cyber-attacks, phishing schemes, ransomware, data protection breaches, computer viruses, denial-of-
service attacks and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering or human error, our ability to conduct our business effectively could be damaged in a
number of ways, including:
•
•
•
•
our intellectual property and other proprietary data, or financial assets, could be stolen;
our ability to manage and conduct our business operations could be seriously disrupted;
defects and security vulnerabilities could be introduced into our product, software and SaaS offerings, thereby damaging the reputation
and perceived reliability and security of our products; and
personally identifiable data of our customers, employees and business partners could be compromised.
Should any of the above events occur, our reputation, competitive position and business could be significantly harmed, and we could be subject to
claims for liability from customers, third parties and governmental authorities. Additionally, we could incur significant costs in order to upgrade our
cybersecurity systems and remediate damages. Consequently, our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be materially and
adversely affected. In addition, our business operations utilize and rely upon numerous third-party vendors, manufacturers, solution providers, partners and
consultants, and any failure of such third parties’ cybersecurity measures could materially and adversely affect or disrupt our business.
Our operating results could be adversely affected by natural disasters affecting us or impacting our third-party manufacturers, suppliers, resellers or
customers.
Our corporate headquarters is located in California, which is prone to earthquakes. In addition, climate change is contributing to an increase in erratic
weather patterns globally and intensifying the impact of certain types of catastrophes, such as floods and wildfires. We have employees, consultants and
contractors located in regions and countries around the world. In the event that any of our business, sales or research and development centers or offices in
the United States or internationally are adversely affected by an earthquake, flood, wildfire or by any other natural disaster, we may sustain damage to our
operations and properties, which could cause a sustained interruption or loss of affected operations, and cause us to suffer significant financial losses.
We rely on third-party contract manufacturers for the production of our products. Any significant disruption in the business or operations of such
manufacturers or of their or our suppliers could adversely impact our business. Our principal contract manufacturers and several of their and our suppliers
and our resellers have operations in locations that are subject to natural disasters, such as severe weather, tsunamis, floods, fires and earthquakes, which
could disrupt their operations and, in turn, our operations.
In addition, if there is a natural disaster in any of the locations in which our significant customers are located, we face the risk that our customers may
incur losses or sustained business interruption, or both, which may materially impair their ability to continue their purchase of products from us.
Accordingly, natural disaster in one of the geographies in which we, or our third-party manufacturers, their or our suppliers or our customers, operate could
have a material and adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition.
21
Table of Contents
Financial, Transactional and Tax Risks
We may need additional capital in the future and may not be able to secure adequate funds at all or on terms acceptable to us.
We engage in the design, development and manufacture and sale of a variety of video and cable access products and system solutions, which has
required, and will continue to require, significant research and development expenditures.
We are monitoring and managing our cash position in light of ongoing market conditions due to COVID-19. We believe that our existing cash of
approximately $133.4 million at December 31, 2021 will satisfy our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, we may need to raise
additional funds to take advantage of presently unanticipated strategic opportunities, satisfy our other cash requirements from time to time, or strengthen
our financial position. Our ability to raise funds may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including factors beyond our control, such as weakness
in the economic conditions in markets in which we sell our products and continued uncertainty in financial, capital and credit markets. There can be no
assurance that equity or debt financing will be available to us on reasonable terms, if at all, when and if it is needed.
We may raise additional financing through public or private equity or convertible debt offerings, debt financings, or corporate partnership or licensing
arrangements. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or convertible debt, our stockholders may experience dilution, and any
new equity or convertible debt securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to holders of our common stock. To the extent that
we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or products,
or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. To the extent we raise capital through debt financing arrangements, we may be required to pledge
assets or enter into covenants that could restrict our operations or our ability to incur further indebtedness and the interest on such debt may adversely affect
our operating results.
If adequate capital is not available, or is not available on reasonable terms, when needed, we may not be able to take advantage of acquisition or other
market opportunities, to timely develop new products, or to otherwise respond to competitive pressures.
Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay our substantial debt.
Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including the 2022 Notes and the 2024
Notes (together, the “Notes”), or to make cash payments in connection with any conversion of the Notes or in connection with any repurchase of Notes
upon the occurrence of a fundamental change before the applicable maturity date at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes
to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, as set forth in the applicable indenture governing the Notes, depends on our future
performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate cash
flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we
may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be
onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at
such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our
debt obligations, including the Notes.
In addition, our ability to repurchase the Notes of the applicable series or to pay cash upon conversions of the Notes or at their respective maturity
may be limited by law, regulatory authority, or agreements governing our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase such Notes at a time when the
repurchase is required by the applicable indenture governing the Notes or to pay cash upon conversions of such Notes or at their respective maturity as
required by the applicable indenture governing the Notes would constitute a default under such indenture. A default under such indenture, or the
fundamental change itself, could also lead to a default under agreements governing our future indebtedness. Moreover, the occurrence of a fundamental
change under the applicable indenture governing the Notes could constitute an event of default under any such agreement. If the repayment of the related
indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and repurchase
such series of Notes or make cash payments upon conversions thereof.
22
Table of Contents
Despite our current debt levels, we may still incur substantially more debt or take other actions which would intensify the risks discussed above.
Despite our current consolidated debt levels, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional debt in the future, subject to the
restrictions contained in our debt instruments, some of which may be secured debt. We are not restricted under the terms of each indenture governing the
Notes from incurring additional debt, securing existing or future debt, recapitalizing our debt or taking a number of other actions that are not limited by the
terms of the indenture governing the notes that could have the effect of diminishing our ability to make payments on our debt (including the Notes) when
due. In addition, the Credit Agreement we entered into with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender, and Harmonic International GmbH, as co-borrower, on
December 19, 2019 and amended in 2020, permits us to incur certain additional indebtedness and grant certain liens on our assets that could intensify the
risks discussed above.
The conditional conversion feature of the Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
In the event the conditional conversion feature of the Notes is triggered, holders of Notes will be entitled under the respective indenture governing
such Notes to convert the Notes at any time during specified periods at their option. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company made an
irrevocable election under the terms of the indentures governing each series of the Notes to settle the principal portion of such Notes solely with cash and
may pay or deliver, as the case may be, any conversion value greater than the principal amount in cash, shares of common stock or a combination thereof,
at the Company’s election. Accordingly, if one or more holders elect to convert their Notes, we would be required to settle the principal portion of our
conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert their
series of Notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of such series of Notes as a
current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working capital.
The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the Notes, could have a material effect on our reported
financial results.
In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt
Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement), which has subsequently been codified as Accounting
Standards Codification 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (“ASC 470-20”), an entity must separately account for the liability and equity
components of the convertible debt instruments (such as the Notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a manner that
reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. The effect of ASC 470-20 on the accounting for each series of the Notes is that the equity component is required
to be included in the additional paid-in capital section of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet at the issuance date, and the value of the
equity component is treated as debt discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of each series of Notes. This requires us to record a greater
amount of non-cash interest expense as a result of the amortization of the discounted carrying value of each series of Notes to their face amount over the
respective terms of the Notes. We report lower net income in our financial results because ASC 470-20 requires interest to include both the amortization of
the debt discount and the instrument’s coupon interest rate, which could adversely affect our future financial results or the trading price of our common
stock.
In addition, under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as the Notes) that may be settled entirely or partly in cash are currently
accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes are not included in the
calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the conversion value of the Notes exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury stock
method, for diluted earnings per share purposes, the transaction is accounted for as if the shares of common stock that would be necessary to settle such
excess, if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the
accounting for convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. Among other changes, ASU No. 2020-06 removes from United States
generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) the liability and equity separation model for convertible instruments with a cash conversion
feature, and as a result, after adoption, entities will no longer separately present in equity an embedded conversion feature for such debt. Similarly, the
embedded conversion feature will no longer be amortized into income as interest expense over the life of the instrument. Instead, entities will account for a
convertible debt instrument wholly as debt unless (1) a convertible instrument contains features that require bifurcation as a derivative under ASC Topic
815, Derivatives and Hedging, or (2) a convertible debt instrument was issued at a substantial premium. This ASU is effective for interim and annual
periods beginning after December 15, 2021 and can be adopted either on a modified retrospective or full retrospective basis.
23
Table of Contents
The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2022 on a modified retrospective basis. The adoption is expected to reduce additional paid-in capital
and convertible debt (mezzanine equity) by approximately $32.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively, due to the recombination of the equity conversion
component of outstanding convertible debt, which was initially separated and recorded in stockholder’s equity, and to remove the remaining debt discount
of approximately $15.2 million related to this previous separation. The net effect of these adjustments will be recorded as a reduction in the balance of the
opening accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2022.
The Company currently expects the adoption of this ASU will result in the reduction of non-cash interest expense for the year ending December 31,
2022 and future periods until the settlement of the remaining outstanding Notes. The required use of the if-converted method to calculate the impact of
convertible notes on diluted earnings per share is not expected to have a material impact. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company and the
trustee for 2022 Notes and 2024 Notes entered into supplemental indentures for both 2022 Notes and 2024 Notes. Pursuant to the supplemental indentures,
the Company eliminated its option to settle the principal of the Notes in shares of the Company's common stock upon conversion. Accordingly, the dilutive
effect of the Company's 2022 Notes and 2024 Notes will be limited to the conversion premium. The adoption of this ASU will have no impact on the
consolidated statement of cash flows.
We have made, and may continue to make, acquisitions, and any acquisition could disrupt our operations, cause dilution to our stockholders and
materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition.
As part of our business strategy, from time to time we have acquired, and we may continue to acquire, businesses, technologies, assets and product
lines that we believe complement or expand our existing business. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
unanticipated costs or delays associated with an acquisition;
difficulties in the assimilation and integration of acquired operations, technologies and/or products;
potential disruption of our business and the diversion of management’s attention from the regular operations of the business during the
acquisition process;
the challenges of managing a larger and more geographically widespread operation and product portfolio after the closing of the
acquisition;
potential adverse effects on new and existing business relationships with suppliers, contract manufacturers, resellers, partners and
customers;
compliance with regulatory requirements, such as local employment regulations and organized labor in France;
risks associated with entering markets in which we may have no or limited prior experience;
the potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses and our own business as a result of integration;
difficulties in bringing acquired products and businesses into compliance with applicable legal requirements in jurisdictions in which we
operate and sell products;
impact of known potential liabilities or unknown liabilities, including litigation and infringement claims, associated with companies we
acquire;
substantial charges for acquisition costs or for the amortization of certain purchased intangible assets, deferred stock compensation or
similar items;
substantial impairments to goodwill or intangible assets in the event that an acquisition proves to be less valuable than the price we paid
for it;
difficulties in establishing and maintaining uniform financial and other standards, controls, procedures and policies;
delays in realizing, or failure to realize, the anticipated benefits of an acquisition; and
the possibility that any acquisition may be viewed negatively by our customers or investors or the financial markets.
24
Table of Contents
Competition within our industry for acquisitions of businesses, technologies, assets and product lines has been, and is likely to continue to be, intense.
As such, even if we are able to identify an acquisition that we would like to consummate, we may not be able to complete the acquisition on commercially
reasonable terms or because the target chooses to be acquired by another company. Furthermore, in the event that we are able to identify and consummate
any future acquisitions, we may, in each of those acquisitions:
•
•
•
•
•
issue equity securities which would dilute current stockholders’ percentage ownership;
incur substantial debt to finance the acquisition or assume substantial debt in the acquisition;
incur significant acquisition-related expenses;
assume substantial liabilities, contingent or otherwise; or
expend significant cash.
These financing activities or expenditures could materially and adversely affect our operating results, cash flows and financial condition or the price
of our common stock. Alternatively, due to difficulties in the capital or credit markets at the time, we may be unable to secure capital necessary to complete
an acquisition on reasonable terms, or at all. Moreover, even if we were to obtain benefits from acquisitions in the form of increased revenue and earnings
per share, there may be a delay between the time the expenses associated with an acquisition are incurred and the time we recognize such benefits.
In addition to the risks outlined above, if we are unable to successfully receive payment of any significant portion of our existing French R&D credit
receivables from the French authority as expected, or are unable to successfully apply for or otherwise obtain the financial benefit of new French R&D
credits in future years, our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition as well as our business, operating results and financial condition
could be adversely affected.
As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately $240.2 million of goodwill recorded on our balance sheet associated with prior acquisitions. In the
event we determine that our goodwill is impaired, we would be required to write down all or a portion of such goodwill, which could result in a material
non-cash charge to our results of operations in the period in which such write-down occurs.
If we are unable to successfully address one or more of these risks, our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be
materially and adversely affected.
We may sell one or more of our product lines, from time to time, as a result of our evaluation of our products and markets, and any such divestiture
could adversely affect our continuing business and our expenses, revenues, results of operation, cash flows and financial position.
We periodically evaluate our various product lines and may, as a result, consider the divestiture of one or more of those product lines. We have sold
product lines in the past, and any prior or future divestiture could adversely affect our continuing business and expenses, revenues, results of operations,
cash flows and financial position.
Divestitures of product lines have inherent risks, including the expense of selling the product line, the possibility that any anticipated sale will not
occur, delays in closing any sale, the risk of lower-than-expected proceeds from the sale of the divested business, unexpected costs associated with the
separation of the business to be sold from the seller’s information technology and other operating systems, and potential post-closing claims for
indemnification or breach of transition services obligations of the seller. Expected cost savings, which are offset by revenue losses from divested
businesses, may also be difficult to achieve or maximize due to the seller’s fixed cost structure, and a seller may experience varying success in reducing
fixed costs or transferring liabilities previously associated with the divested business.
The nature of our business requires the application of complex revenue and expense recognition rules and the current legislative and regulatory
environment affecting generally accepted accounting principles is uncertain. Significant changes in current principles could affect our financial
statements going forward and changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations
and harm our operating results.
U.S. GAAP are subject to interpretation by the FASB, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting
principles. We are also subject to evolving rules and regulations of the countries in which we do business. Changes to accounting standards or
interpretations thereof may result in different accounting principles under U.S. GAAP that have a significant effect on our reported financial results and
require us to incur costs and expenses in order to comply with the updated standards or interpretations.
In addition, we have in the past and may in the future need to modify our customer contracts, accounting systems and processes when we adopt future
or proposed changes in accounting principles. The cost and effect of these changes may negatively impact our results of operations during the periods of
transition.
25
Table of Contents
Fluctuations in our future effective tax rates could affect our future operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
We are required to periodically review our deferred tax assets and determine whether, based on available evidence, a valuation allowance is necessary.
The realization of our deferred tax assets, which are predominantly in the United States, is dependent upon the generation of sufficient U.S. and foreign
taxable income in the future to offset these assets. Based on our evaluation, we recorded a net increase in valuation allowance of $0.3 million and
$6.7 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively, against the net deferred tax assets. The increases in valuation allowance in 2021 and 2020 were offset by the
valuation allowance release of $9.6 million and $2.6 million, respectively, related to deferred taxes for certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company reduced
its valuation allowance in 2021 based on continued improved operating results over the past few years and expectations about generating foreign taxable
income in the future. Changes in the amount of the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions valuation allowance could result in a material non-cash expense or benefit
in the period in which the valuation allowance is adjusted and our results of operations could be materially affected.
The calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex global tax regulations. We recognize potential
liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the United States and other tax jurisdictions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which,
additional taxes will be due. In the event we determine that it is appropriate to create a reserve or increase an existing reserve for any such potential
liabilities, the amount of the additional reserve will be charged as an expense in the period in which it is determined. If payment of these amounts
ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when we determine the
liabilities are no longer necessary. If the estimate of tax liabilities proves to be less than the ultimate tax assessment for the applicable period, a further
charge to expense in the period such shortfall is determined would result. Either such charge to expense could have a material and adverse effect on our
operating results for the applicable period.
Our future effective income tax rates could be adversely affected if tax authorities challenge our international tax structure or if the relative mix of
U.S. and international income changes for any reason. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our effective income tax rate will be less than the U.S.
federal statutory rate in future periods.
We or our customers may face intellectual property infringement claims from third parties.
Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks
Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and other
intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in the telecommunications industry have extensive patent portfolios. Also, patent infringement
claims and litigation by entities that purchase or control patents, but do not produce goods or services covered by the claims of such patents (so-called
“non-practicing entities” or “NPEs”), have increased rapidly over the last decade or so. From time to time, third parties, including NPEs, have asserted, and
may assert in the future, patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us or our customers, and have initiated audits to
determine whether we have missed royalty payments for technology that we license. Our suppliers and their customers, including us, may have similar
claims asserted against them. A number of third parties, including companies with greater financial and other resources than us, have asserted patent rights
to technologies that are important to us.
Any intellectual property litigation, regardless of its outcome, could result in substantial expense and significant diversion of the efforts of our
management and technical personnel. An adverse determination in any such proceeding could subject us to significant liabilities and temporary or
permanent injunctions and require us to seek licenses from third parties or pay royalties that may be substantial. Furthermore, necessary licenses may not
be available on terms satisfactory to us, or at all. An unfavorable outcome on any such litigation matter could require that we pay substantial damages,
could require that we pay ongoing royalty payments, or could prohibit us from selling certain of our products. Any such outcome could have a material and
adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Our suppliers and customers may have intellectual property claims relating to our products asserted against them. We have agreed to indemnify some
of our suppliers and most of our customers for patent infringement relating to our products. The scope of this indemnity varies, but, in some instances,
includes indemnification for damages and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by the supplier or customer in connection with such
claims. If a supplier or a customer seeks to enforce a claim for indemnification against us, we could incur significant costs defending such claim, the
underlying claim or both. An adverse determination in either such proceeding could subject us to significant liabilities and have a material and adverse
effect on our operating results, cash flows and financial condition.
26
Table of Contents
We may be the subject of litigation which, if adversely determined, could harm our business and operating results.
We may be subject to claims arising in the normal course of business. The costs of defending any litigation, whether in cash expenses or in
management time, could harm our business and materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows. An unfavorable outcome on any
litigation matter could require that we pay substantial damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property infringement claims, could require that we
pay ongoing royalty payments or prohibit us from selling certain of our products. In addition, we may decide to settle any litigation, which could cause us
to incur significant settlement costs. A settlement or an unfavorable outcome on any litigation matter could have a material and adverse effect on our
business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Our failure to adequately protect our proprietary rights and data may adversely affect us.
At December 31, 2021, we held 110 issued U.S. patents and 46 issued foreign patents, and had 49 patent applications pending. Although we attempt
to protect our intellectual property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights, licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade secrets
and other measures, we can give no assurances that any patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property rights owned by us will not be
invalidated, circumvented or challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us, or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the claims sought by us, if at all. We can give no assurances that others will not develop
technologies that are similar or superior to our technologies, duplicate our technologies or design around the patents that we own. In addition, effective
patent, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries in which we do business or may do business in the
future.
We may enter into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, consultants, and vendors and our customers, as needed, and generally
limit access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information. Nevertheless, we cannot provide assurances that the steps taken by us will prevent
misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action to enforce our patents and other
intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of
infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management time and other resources, and could materially and
adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Our use of open source software in some of our products may expose us to certain risks.
Some of our products contain software modules licensed for use from third-party authors under open source licenses. Use and distribution of open
source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other
contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available
source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software we use. If we combine our proprietary software
with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary
software to the public. This could allow our competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and in less time and ultimately could
result in a loss of product sales for us.
Although we monitor our use of open source closely, it is possible our past, present or future use of open source has triggered or may trigger the
foregoing requirements. Furthermore, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that such licenses
could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. In such event, we
could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, to re-engineer our products or to discontinue the sale of our
products in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, any of which could materially and adversely affect our operating results,
financial condition and cash flows.
27
Table of Contents
We are subject to import and export control and trade and economic sanction laws and regulations that could subject us to liability or impair our ability
to compete in international markets.
Our products are subject to U.S. export control laws, and may be exported outside the U.S. only with the required export license or through an export
license exception, in most cases because we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our products. We are also subject to U.S. trade and economic
sanction regulations which include prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and services to the United States embargoed or sanctioned
countries, governments, persons and entities. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain technology and have enacted laws that could limit
our ability to distribute our products, or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our products, in those countries. Although we take precautions and
have processes in place to prevent our products and services from being provided in violation of such laws, our products may have been in the past, and
could in the future be, provided inadvertently in violation of such laws, despite the precautions we take. In March 2020, we received an administrative
subpoena from the U.S. Treasury Department’s office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) requesting information about transactions involving Iran. The
transactions were by the French company TVN, which we acquired in early 2016. Pursuant to regulations that remained in place until 2018, foreign
subsidiaries of U.S. companies were allowed to engage in transactions with Iran if certain requirements were met. Harmonic is fully cooperating in the
OFAC investigation. If we are found to have violated U.S. export control laws as a result of the pending OFAC investigation or future investigations, we
and certain of our employees could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export privileges, monetary penalties, and, in
extreme cases, imprisonment of responsible employees for knowing and willful violations of these laws. While we do not anticipate the impact of the
OFAC investigation to be material on our business, our business and operating results could be adversely affected through penalties, reputational harm, loss
of access to certain markets, or otherwise.
In addition, we may be subject to customs duties that could have a significant adverse impact on our operating results or, if we are able to pass on the
related costs in any particular situation, would increase the cost of the related product to our customers. As a result, the future imposition of significant
increases in the level of customs duties or the creation of import quotas on our products in Europe or in other jurisdictions, or any of the limitations on
international sales described above, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows. Further,
some of our customers in Europe have been, or are being, audited by local governmental authorities regarding the tariff classifications used for importation
of our products. Import duties and tariffs vary by country and a different tariff classification for any of our products may result in higher duties or tariffs,
which could have an adverse impact on our operating results and potentially increase the cost of the related products to our customers.
Our business and industry are subject to various laws and regulations that could adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flows and
financial condition.
Our business and industry are regulated under various federal, state, local and international laws. For example, we are subject to environmental
regulations such as the European Union’s Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) and Restriction on the Use of Certain Hazardous
Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“RoHS”) directives and similar legislation enacted in other jurisdictions worldwide. Our failure to
comply with these laws could result in our being directly or indirectly liable for costs, fines or penalties and third-party claims, and could jeopardize our
ability to conduct business in such regions and countries. We expect that our operations will be affected by other new environmental laws and regulations
on an ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws and regulations, they would likely result in additional costs, and
could require that we redesign or change how we manufacture our products, any of which could have a material and adverse effect on our operating results,
financial condition and cash flows.
We are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 which, among other things, requires an annual review and evaluation of our internal control over
financial reporting. If we conclude in future periods that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective or if our independent registered public
accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation as of future year-ends, we may incur substantial additional costs in an effort to correct such
problems, and investors may lose confidence in our financial statements, and our stock price may decrease in the short term, until we correct such
problems, and perhaps in the long term, as well.
28
Table of Contents
We are subject to requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 that require us to conduct research,
disclose, and report whether or not our products contain certain conflict minerals sourced from the Democratic Republic of Congo or its surrounding
countries. The implementation of these requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability, and pricing of the materials used in the manufacture
of components used in our products. In addition, we may incur certain additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related
to conducting diligence procedures to determine the sources of conflict minerals that may be used or necessary to the production of our products and, if
applicable, potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. It is also possible that we may
face reputational harm if we determine that certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict-free and/or we are unable to alter our
products, processes or sources of supply to avoid such materials.
Changes in telecommunications legislation and regulations in the United States and other countries could affect our sales and the revenue we are able
to derive from our products. In particular, on December 14, 2017, the U.S. Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) voted to repeal the “net
neutrality” rules and return to a “light-touch” regulatory framework. The FCC’s new rules, which took effect in June 2018, granted providers of broadband
internet access services greater freedom to make changes to their services, including, potentially, changes that may discriminate against or otherwise harm
our business. However, a number of parties have appealed these rules, which appeals are currently being reviewed by the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals;
thus the future impact of the FCC's repeal and any changes thereto remains uncertain. Additionally, on September 30, 2018, California enacted the
California Internet Consumer Protection and Net Neutrality Act of 2018. Since the FCC repealed its nationwide regulations, seven states have also enacted
a state-level net neutrality law and a number of other states are considering legislation or executive actions that would regulate the conduct of broadband
providers. We cannot predict whether the FCC order or state initiatives will be modified, overturned, or vacated by legal action of the court, federal
legislation, or the FCC. The repeal of the net neutrality rules or other regulations dealing with access by competitors to the networks of incumbent
operators could slow or stop infrastructure and services investments or expansion by service providers. Increased regulation of our customers’ pricing or
service offerings could limit their investments and, consequently, revenue from our products. The impact of new or revised legislation or regulations could
have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
We depend significantly on our international revenue and are subject to the risks associated with international operations, including those of our
resellers, contract manufacturers and outsourcing partners, which may negatively affect our operating results.
Revenue derived from customers outside of the United States in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 represented approximately
44%, 49% and 50% of our revenue, respectively. Although no assurance can be given with respect to international sales growth in any one or more regions,
we expect that international revenue will likely continue to represent, from year to year, a majority, and potentially increasing, percentage of our annual
revenue for the foreseeable future. A significant percentage of our revenue is generated from sales to resellers, VARs and systems integrators, particularly
in emerging market countries. Furthermore, the majority of our employees are based in our international offices and locations, and most of our contract
manufacturing occurs outside of the United States. In addition, we outsource a portion of our research and development activities to certain third-party
partners with development centers located in different countries, particularly Ukraine and India.
Our international operations, international operations of our resellers, contract manufacturers and outsourcing partners, and our efforts to maintain and
increase revenue in international markets are subject to a number of risks, which are generally greater with respect to emerging market countries, including
the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
growth and stability of the economy in one or more international regions, including regional economic impacts of the COVID-19
pandemic;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
changes in foreign government regulations and telecommunications standards;
import and export license requirements, tariffs, taxes, economic sanctions, contractual limitations and other trade barriers;
our significant reliance on resellers and others to purchase and resell our products and solutions, particularly in emerging market
countries;
availability of credit, particularly in emerging market countries;
longer collection periods and greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and collecting accounts receivable, especially from smaller
customers and resellers, particularly in emerging market countries;
29
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act and/or similar anti-corruption and anti-
bribery laws, particularly in emerging market countries;
the burden of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, treaties and technical standards;
fulfilling “country of origin” requirements for our products for certain customers;
difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;
business and operational disruptions or delays caused by political, social and/or economic instability and unrest (e.g., Ukraine), including
risks related to terrorist activity, particularly in emerging market countries;
changes in economic policies by foreign governments, including the imposition and potential continued expansion of economic sanctions
by the United States and the European Union on the Russian Federation;
changes in diplomatic and trade relationships, including the imposition of new trade restrictions, trade protection measures, import or
export requirements, trade embargoes and other trade barriers, including those between the United States and China;
any negative economic impacts resulting from the political environment in the United States or the United Kingdoms’ exit from the
European Union; and
business and economic disruptions and delays caused by outbreaks of disease, epidemics and potential pandemics, such as the COVID-19
pandemic, which has led and may continue to lead to trade shows and in-person meetings being canceled or delayed and employees
working remotely, and which has impacted our supply chain and may continue to impact our supply chain or general business in other
manners.
We have certain international customers who are billed in their local currency, primarily the Euro, British pound and Japanese yen, which subjects us
to foreign currency risk. In addition, a portion of our operating expenses relating to the cost of certain international employees, are denominated in foreign
currencies, primarily the Euro, Israeli shekel, British pound, Singapore dollar, Chinese yuan and Indian rupee. Although we do hedge against the Euro,
British pound, Israeli shekel and Japanese yen, gains and losses on the conversion to U.S. dollars of accounts receivable, accounts payable and other
monetary assets and liabilities arising from international operations may contribute to fluctuations in our operating results. Furthermore, payment cycles for
international customers are typically longer than those for customers in the United States. Unpredictable payment cycles could cause us to fail to meet or
exceed the expectations of security analysts and investors for any given period.
Most of our international revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars, and fluctuations in currency exchange rates could cause our products to become
relatively more expensive to customers in a particular country or region, leading to a reduction in revenue or profitability from sales in that country or
region. The potential negative impact of a strong U.S. dollar on our business may be exacerbated by the significant devaluation of a number of foreign
currencies. Also, if the U.S. dollar were to weaken against many foreign currencies, there can be no assurance that a weaker dollar would lead to growth in
customer spending in foreign markets.
Our operations outside the United States also require us to comply with a number of U.S. and international regulations that prohibit improper
payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties for corrupt purposes. For example, our operations in
countries outside the United States are subject to the FCPA and similar laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act. Our activities in certain emerging countries
create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, consultants, sales agents or channel partners that could be in
violation of various anti-corruption laws, even though these parties may not be under our control. Under the FCPA and U.K. Bribery Act, companies may
be held liable for the corrupt actions taken by their directors, officers, employees, channel partners, sales agents, consultants, or other strategic or local
partners or representatives. We have internal control policies and procedures with respect to FCPA compliance, have implemented FCPA training and
compliance programs for our employees, and include in our agreements with resellers a requirement that those parties comply with the FCPA. However, we
cannot provide assurances that our policies, procedures and programs will prevent violations of the FCPA or similar laws by our employees or agents,
particularly in emerging market countries, and as we expand our international operations. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could
result in criminal or civil sanctions against us.
The effect of one or more of these international risks could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results
and cash flows.
30
Table of Contents
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
Some anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover
attempt.
We have provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition
deemed undesirable by our Board. These include provisions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our
common stock;
limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;
limiting the ability of our stockholders to call, and bring business before, special meetings;
requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of
candidates for election to our Board;
controlling the procedures for conducting and scheduling of Board and stockholder meetings; and
providing our Board with the express power to postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel previously scheduled
special meetings.
These provisions could delay hostile takeovers, changes in control of the Company or changes in our management. As a Delaware corporation, we are
also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding
more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of our
outstanding common stock. Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a
change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the
price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.
Our common stock price may be extremely volatile, and the value of an investment in our stock may decline.
Our common stock price has been highly volatile. We expect that this volatility will continue in the future due to factors such as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
general market and economic conditions, including market volatility due to the COVID-19 pandemic;
actual or anticipated variations in operating results;
increases or decreases in the general stock market or to the stock prices of technology companies;
announcements of technological innovations, new products or new services by us or by our competitors or customers;
changes in financial estimates or recommendations by stock market analysts regarding us or our competitors;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital
commitments;
announcements by our customers regarding end user market conditions and the status of existing and future infrastructure network
deployments;
additions or departures of key personnel; and
future equity or debt offerings or our announcements of these offerings.
In addition, in recent years, the stock market in general, and The NASDAQ Global Select Market and the securities of technology companies in
particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating
performance of individual companies. These broad market fluctuations have in the past, and may in the future, materially and adversely affect our stock
price, regardless of our operating results. In these circumstances, investors may be unable to sell their shares of our common stock at or above their
purchase price over the short term, or at all.
31
Table of Contents
We cannot guarantee that our stock repurchase program will be fully implemented or that it will enhance long-term stockholder value.
In February 2022, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program for the repurchase of up to $100 million of the outstanding shares of
our common stock. The repurchase program expires in February 2025 and we are not obligated to repurchase a specified number or dollar value of shares.
Share repurchases will be made from time to time in open market purchases and 10b5-1 trading plans, as permitted by securities laws and other legal
requirements. Any share repurchases remain subject to the circumstances in place at that time, including prevailing market prices. As a result, there can be
no guarantee around the timing or volume of our share repurchases. The stock repurchase program could affect the price of our common stock, increase
volatility and diminish our cash reserves. Our repurchase program may be suspended or terminated at any time and, even if fully implemented, may not
enhance long-term stockholder value.
Our stock price may decline if additional shares are sold in the market or if analysts drop coverage of or downgrade our stock.
Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market, or the perception that these sales
could occur, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In addition, we issue additional shares upon exercise of stock options, including
under our 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and in connection with grants of restricted stock units on an ongoing basis. To the extent we do not elect to
pay solely cash upon conversion of the Notes, we will also be required to issue additional shares of common stock upon conversion. Increased sales of our
common stock in the market after exercise of outstanding stock options or grants of restricted stock units could exert downward pressure on our stock price.
These sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price we deem appropriate.
The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the availability of research and reports that third-party industry or securities analysts
publish about us and our business. If we do not maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock
or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price may decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or
fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause the liquidity of our stock and our stock price to
decline.
32
Table of Contents
Item 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
Item 2.
PROPERTIES
All of our facilities are leased, including our principal operations and corporate headquarters in San Jose, California. We have research and
development centers in the United States, France, Israel and Hong Kong. We have sales and service offices primarily in the United States and various
locations in Europe and Asia. Our leases, which expire at various dates through September 2032, are for an aggregate of approximately 301,718 square feet
of space. We have two business segments: Video and Cable Access. Because of the interrelation of these segments, a majority of these segments use
substantially all of the properties, at least in part, and we retain the flexibility to use each of the properties in whole or in part for each of the segments. We
believe that the facilities that we currently occupy are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional space will be available, as needed, to
accommodate the presently foreseeable expansion of our operations.
Item 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, we are involved in lawsuits as well as subject to various legal proceedings, claims, threats of litigation, and investigations in the
ordinary course of business, including claims of alleged infringement of third-party patents and other intellectual property rights, commercial, employment,
and other matters. While certain matters to which we are a party may specify the damages claimed, such claims may not represent reasonably possible
losses. Given the inherent uncertainties of litigation, the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be predicted at this time, nor can the amount of possible
loss or range of loss, if any, be reasonably estimated.
An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matters could require us to pay substantial damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property
infringement claims, could require us to pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us from selling certain of our products. As a result, a settlement of,
or an unfavorable outcome on, any of the matters referenced above or other litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on our business,
operating results, financial position and cash flows.
Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and other
intellectual property rights. From time to time, third parties have asserted, and may in the future assert, exclusive patent, copyright, trademark and other
intellectual property rights against us or our customers. Such assertions arise in the normal course of our operations. The resolution of any such assertions
and claims cannot be predicted with certainty.
Item 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
33
Table of Contents
PART II
Item 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information of our Common Stock
Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol HLIT, and has been listed on NASDAQ since our initial
public offering in 1995.
Holders
As of February 22, 2022, there were approximately 297 holders of record of our common stock.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. At this time, we expect to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation
and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
None.
34
Table of Contents
Stock Performance Graph
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the annual percentage change in the cumulative return to the stockholders of our common stock with the
cumulative return of The NASDAQ Telecommunications Index and of the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Index for the period commencing December 31,
2016 and ending on December 31, 2021. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in each of the Company’s common stock, the S&P 500 and The
NASDAQ Telecommunications Index on December 31, 2016, and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The comparisons shown in the graph
below are based upon historical data. Harmonic cautions that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of, nor intended to
forecast, the potential future performance of the Company’s common stock.
Harmonic Inc.
S&P 500
NASDAQ Telecom
12/16
100.00
100.00
100.00
12/17
84.00
121.83
117.62
12/18
94.40
116.49
108.29
12/19
156.00
153.17
137.49
12/20
147.80
181.35
166.70
12/21
235.20
233.41
174.78
The information contained in this Stock Performance Graph section shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material,” “filed” or incorporated by
reference in previous or future filings with the SEC, or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except to the extent that Harmonic
specifically incorporates it by reference into a document filed under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
Item 6.
[RESERVED]
35
Table of Contents
Item 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes. The following discussion
contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the
forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and those
listed under Item 1A, Risks Factors. For discussion of comparison of our results of operations and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020
and 2019, refer to Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on March 2,2021.
Business Overview
We are a leading global provider of (i) versatile and high performance video delivery software, products, system solutions and services that enable our
customers to efficiently create, prepare, store, playout and deliver a full range of high-quality broadcast and streaming video services to consumer devices,
including televisions, personal computers, laptops, tablets and smart phones and (ii) cable access solutions that enable cable operators to more efficiently
and effectively deploy high-speed internet, for data, voice and video services to consumers’ homes.
We classify our total revenue in two categories, “Appliance and integration” and “SaaS and service.” The “Appliance and integration” revenue
category includes hardware, licenses and professional services and is reflective of non-recurring revenue, while the “SaaS and service” category includes
usage fees for our SaaS platform and support service revenue from our appliance-based customers and reflects our recurring revenue stream.
We conduct business in three geographic regions - the Americas, EMEA and APAC - and operate in two segments, Video and Cable Access. Our
Video business sells video processing, production and playout solutions, and services worldwide to cable operators and satellite and telecommunications
(“telco”) Pay-TV service providers, which we refer to collectively as “service providers,” as well as to broadcast and media companies, including streaming
media companies. Our Video business infrastructure solutions are delivered either through shipment of our products, software licenses or as SaaS
subscriptions. Our Cable Access business sells cable access solutions and related services, including our CableOS software-based cable access solution,
primarily to cable operators globally.
Historically, our revenue has been dependent upon spending in the cable, satellite, telco, broadcast and media industries, including streaming media.
Our customers’ spending patterns are dependent on a variety of factors, including but not limited to: economic conditions in the United States and
international markets, including the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic; access to financing; annual budget cycles of each of the industries we serve;
impact of industry consolidations; and customers suspending or reducing spending in anticipation of new products or new standards, new industry trends
and/or technology shifts. If our product portfolio and product development plans do not position us well to capture an increased portion of the spending in
the markets in which we compete, our revenue may decline. As we attempt to further diversify our customer base in these markets, we may need to
continue to build alliances with other equipment manufacturers, cloud service providers, content providers, resellers and system integrators, managed
services providers and software developers; adapt our products for new applications; take orders at prices resulting in lower margins; and build internal
expertise to handle the particular operational, payment, financing and/or contractual demands of our customers, which could result in higher operating costs
for us.
The worldwide spread of COVID-19 has impacted our business, operations and financial performance. In our Cable Access segment, COVID-19 led
to delays in certain deployments and new engagements with some cable operators, which generally occurred in the first half of fiscal 2020 when
widespread public health responses were initially implemented, including travel bans and restrictions, social distancing requirements, and shelter-in-place
orders. Similarly, in our Video segment, sales of video appliances and services fell during the first several months of the pandemic as transactions or
shipments were delayed and we were unable to complete certain field deployment projects as customer facilities closed in the first half of 2020. In the
second half of fiscal 2020, and throughout fiscal 2021, we experienced a rebound and increases in sales activities, transactions and deployments in both
business segments, in part due to the loosening of certain COVID-19 restrictions, and customer adaptation to such restrictions. We expect that the COVID-
19 pandemic will continue to have an impact on our results of operations.
36
Table of Contents
The extent to which our operations will be impacted by the pandemic will depend largely on future developments, which are highly uncertain and
cannot be accurately predicted, including pandemic-related supply chain disruptions and the pricing and availability of certain materials and components,
increased costs relating to securing timely and sufficient supply of key product components, new waves of infection in the countries and regions of the
world in which we operate or conduct business, the impact of global vaccination efforts, and actions and policies of governments and businesses in
response to future phases of the pandemic. As such, given the uncertainty around the duration and severity of the impact on market conditions and the
business environment, we cannot reasonably estimate the full impacts of COVID-19 on our future results of operations. See “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of
Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
We believe a material and growing portion of the opportunities for our Video business are linked to the industry and our customers (i) continuing to
adopt streaming technologies to capture, process and deliver video content to consumers and, increasingly, utilizing public cloud solutions like our VOS
SaaS platform to do so; (ii) transforming existing broadcast infrastructure workflows into more flexible, efficient and cost-effective operations running in
public clouds; and (iii) for those customers maintaining on-premise video delivery infrastructure, continuing to upgrade and replace aging equipment with
next-generation software-based appliances that significantly reduce operational complexity. Our Video business strategy is focused on continuing to
develop and deliver products, solutions and services to enable and support these trends.
Our Cable Access strategy is focused on continuing to develop and deliver software-based cable access technologies, which we refer to as our
CableOS solutions, to our cable operator customers. We believe our CableOS software-based cable access solutions are superior to hardware-based systems
and deliver unprecedented scalability, agility and cost savings for our customers. Our CableOS solutions, which can be deployed based on a centralized,
DAA or hybrid architecture, enable our customers to migrate to multi-gigabit broadband capacity and the fast deployment of DOCSIS 3.1 and/or FTTH
data, video and voice services. We believe our CableOS solutions resolve space and power constraints in cable operator facilities, eliminate dependence on
hardware upgrade cycles and significantly reduce total cost of ownership, and are helping us become a major player in the cable access market. In the
meantime, we believe our Cable Access segment will continue to gain momentum in the marketplace as our customers adopt and deploy our virtualized
DOCSIS 3.1 CMTS and FTHH solutions and distributed access architectures. We continue to make progress in the development of our CableOS solutions
and in the growth of our CableOS business, with expanded commercial deployments, field trials, and customer engagements.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, which are prepared in accordance with GAAP, requires Harmonic to
make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingencies and the reported
amounts of revenue and expenses in the financial statements and accompanying notes. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our
estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Material differences may
result in the amount and timing of revenue and expenses if different judgments or different estimates were made. Refer to Note 2 of the Notes to our
Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our accounting estimates.
We believe that the following critical accounting estimates involve a greater degree of judgement or complexity than our other accounting estimates.
Accordingly, the critical accounting estimates that we believe have the most significant impact on Harmonic’s financial statements are set forth below:
•
Revenue recognition;
• Valuation of inventories;
•
• Accounting for income taxes.
Impairment of goodwill or long-lived assets; and
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue from contracts with customers using the following five steps:
a) Identify the contract(s) with a customer;
b) Identify the performance obligations in the contract;
c) Determine the transaction price;
d) Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
e) Recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation.
Refer to Note 3, “Revenue,” of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our revenue recognition policies,
including critical judgments and estimates associated with our revenue recognition.
37
Table of Contents
Valuation of Inventories
We state inventories at the lower-of-cost (determined on first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value. We write down the cost of excess or obsolete
inventory to net realizable value based on future demand forecasts and historical consumption. If there were to be a sudden and significant decrease in
demand for our products, or if there were a higher incidence of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and customer requirements,
we could be required to record additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory and our gross margin could be adversely affected. Inventory
management is of critical importance in order to balance the need to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure competitive lead times against the risk of
inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and customer requirements.
Impairment of Goodwill and Long-lived Assets
In evaluating goodwill for impairment, we first assess qualitative factors such as the magnitude of the excess fair value over carrying value from the
prior period’s impairment testing, other reporting unit specific operating results as well as new events and circumstances impacting the operations at the
reporting unit level. If the result of a qualitative test indicates a potential for impairment of a reporting unit, a quantitative impairment test is performed to
determine the fair value of the reporting unit and compare it with its carrying value. We determine the fair value of our reporting units using both income
and market valuation approaches.
We evaluate the recoverability of intangible assets and other long-lived assets when indicators of impairment are present. When impairment indicators
are present, we evaluate the recoverability of intangible assets and other long-lived assets on the basis of undiscounted cash flows expected to result from
the use of each asset group and its eventual disposition. If the undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an
impairment loss is recognized in order to write down the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value.
In the current year our annual qualitative assessment did not indicate that a more detailed quantitative analysis was necessary.
Accounting for Income Taxes
In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we estimate our income taxes for each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This involves
estimating our actual current tax expense and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as reserves and accruals, for
tax and accounting purposes. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our Consolidated Balance
Sheets. We maintain valuation allowances for deferred tax assets when it is likely that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In
determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted, we take into account such factors as prior earnings history, expected future earnings, unsettled
circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect the utilization of a deferred tax asset.
We are subject to examination of our income tax returns by various tax authorities on a periodic basis. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse
outcomes resulting from such examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We apply the provisions of the applicable
accounting guidance regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which requires application of a more-likely-than-not threshold to the recognition
and derecognition of uncertain tax positions. If the recognition threshold is met, the applicable accounting guidance permits us to recognize a tax benefit
measured at the largest amount of such tax benefit that, in our judgment, is more than fifty percent likely to be realized upon settlement. It further requires
that a change in judgment related to the expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions be recognized in earnings in the period in which such
determination is made.
We file annual income tax returns in multiple taxing jurisdictions around the world. A number of years may elapse before an uncertain tax position is
audited and finally resolved. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain tax position, we
believe that our reserves for income taxes reflect the most likely outcome. We adjust these reserves, as well as the related interest and penalties, in light of
changing facts and circumstances. If our estimate of tax liabilities proves to be less than the ultimate assessment, a further charge to expense would result.
If payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period
when we determine the liabilities are no longer necessary. Any changes in estimate, or settlement of any particular position, could have a material impact
on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
38
Table of Contents
Results of Operations
Net Revenue
The following table presents the breakdown of net revenue by category and geographical region:
$
$
$
(in thousands, except percentages)
Appliance and integration
as % of total net revenue
SaaS and service
as % of total net revenue
Total net revenue
Americas
as % of total net revenue
EMEA
as % of total net revenue
APAC
as % of total net revenue
2021
369,767
73 %
137,382
27 %
507,149
335,731
66 %
126,427
25 %
44,991
9 %
Year ended December 31,
2020
252,014
$
$
$
$
$
$
67 %
126,817
33 %
378,831
219,394
58 %
117,126
31 %
42,311
11 %
$
$
$
2019
275,797
68 %
127,077
32 %
402,874
224,193
56 %
117,477
29 %
61,204
15 %
2021 vs. 2020
117,753
47 % $
2020 vs. 2019
(23,783)
(9)%
10,565
8 %
(260)
— %
128,318
34 % $
(24,043)
(6)%
116,337
53 % $
(4,799)
(2)%
9,301
2,680
8 %
6 %
(351)
— %
(18,893)
(31)%
Total net revenue
$
507,149
$
378,831
$
402,874
$
128,318
34 % $
(24,043)
(6)%
Appliance and integration net revenue increased in 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily due to an increase in our Cable Access segment net revenue
primarily driven by the increased penetration of existing CableOS customers and addition of new CableOS customer deployments and an increase in our
Video segment net revenue primarily reflecting the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic on 2020 results.
SaaS and service net revenue increased in 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily due to increasing usage from existing customers and activation of new
SaaS customers.
Americas net revenue increased in 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily due to the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic on 2020 results in the
region, increased penetration of existing CableOS customers and addition of new CableOS customer deployments.
EMEA and APAC net revenue increased in 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily due to the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic on 2020 results in
the region.
Gross Profit
(in thousands, except percentages)
Gross profit
as % of total net revenue
(“gross margin”)
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
259,742
$
194,997
$
223,012
$
51.2 %
51.5 %
55.4 %
2021 vs. 2020
64,745
(0.3)%
33% $
2020 vs. 2019
(28,015)
(13)%
(3.9)%
Our gross margins are dependent upon, among other factors, the proportion of software sales, product mix, supply chain impacts, customer mix,
product introduction costs, price reductions granted to customers and achievement of cost reductions.
Our gross margin did not change significantly in 2021, as compared to 2020.
Research and Development Expenses
(in thousands, except percentages)
Research and development
as % of total net revenue
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
102,231
$
82,494
$
84,614
$
20 %
22 %
21 %
2021 vs. 2020
19,737
24 % $
2020 vs. 2019
(2,120)
(3)%
39
Table of Contents
Our research and development expenses consist primarily of employee salaries and related expenses, contractors and outside consultants, supplies and
materials, equipment depreciation and facilities costs, all associated with the design and development of new products and enhancements of existing
products. The research and development expenses are net of French R&D credits.
Research and development expenses increased in 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily due to higher employee compensation costs as a result of
headcount increases and higher stock-based compensation expense related to performance-based RSUs.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
(in thousands, except percentages)
Selling, general and administrative
as % of total net revenue
2021
138,085
$
Year ended December 31,
2020
119,611
$
$
27 %
32 %
2019
119,035
$
30 %
2021 vs. 2020
18,474
15 % $
2020 vs. 2019
576
— %
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased in 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily due to higher employee compensation costs as a result
of headcount increases and higher stock-based compensation expense related to performance-based RSUs.
Amortization of Intangibles
(in thousands, except percentages)
Amortization of intangibles
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
507
$
3,019
$
3,139
$
2021 vs. 2020
(2,512)
(83)% $
2020 vs. 2019
(120)
(4)%
The amortization of intangibles expense decreased in 2021, as compared to 2020, as intangible assets were fully amortized during the first quarter of
fiscal 2021.
Restructuring and Related Charges
We have implemented several restructuring plans in the past few years. The goal of these plans is to bring operational expenses to appropriate levels
relative to our net revenues, while simultaneously implementing extensive company-wide expense control programs. We account for our restructuring plans
under the authoritative guidance for exit or disposal activities. The restructuring and related charges are included in “Cost of revenue” and “Operating
expenses-restructuring and related charges” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(in thousands, except percentages)
Cost of revenue
Operating expenses-Restructuring and
related charges
Total restructuring and related charges
$
$
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
2021
571 $
1,094 $
1,391 $
2021 vs. 2020
(523)
(48)% $
2020 vs. 2019
(297)
110
2,322
3,141
(2,212)
(95)%
(819)
(21)%
(26)%
681 $
3,416 $
4,532 $
(2,735)
(80)% $
(1,116)
(25)%
Restructuring and related charges decreased in 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily due to higher severance and employee benefit costs incurred in
conjunction with restructuring activities in fiscal 2020.
Refer to Note 10, “Restructuring and Related Charges,” of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Interest Expense, Net
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest expense, net
$
2021
(10,625) $
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
(11,509) $
(11,651) $
2021 vs. 2020
884
(8)% $
2020 vs. 2019
142
(1)%
Interest expense, net decreased in 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily due to the repayment of the 2020 Notes in December 2020 upon their
maturity.
40
Table of Contents
Loss on Convertible Debt Extinguishment
(in thousands, except percentages)
Loss on convertible debt extinguishment $
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
— $
(1,362) $
(5,695) $
2021 vs. 2020
1,362
(100)% $
2020 vs. 2019
4,333
(76)%
The loss on convertible debt extinguishment of $1.4 million in 2020 includes $0.9 million loss related to the exchange of a portion of the 2020 Notes
in June 2020 and the $0.5 million loss related to the settlement of the remaining 2020 Notes in December 2020. Refer to Note 11, “Convertible Notes and
Other Debts,” of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Other Income (Expense), Net
(in thousands, except percentages)
Other income (expense), net
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
687 $
(897) $
(2,333) $
2021 vs. 2020
1,584
(177)% $
2020 vs. 2019
1,436
(62)%
Other income (expense), net is primarily comprised of foreign exchange gains and losses on cash, accounts receivable and intercompany balances
denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the reporting entity. Our foreign currency exposure is primarily driven by the fluctuations
in the foreign currency exchanges rates of the Euro, British pound, Japanese yen and Israeli shekel. The change in other income (expense), net in 2021, as
compared to 2020, was primarily due to the exchange rate fluctuation between Euro and the U.S. dollar in 2021.
Income Taxes
(in thousands, except percentages)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes $
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
(4,383) $
3,054 $
(672) $
2021 vs. 2020
(7,437)
(244)% $
2020 vs. 2019
3,726
(554)%
The change in provision for (benefit from) income taxes in 2021, as compared to 2020, was primarily due to the release of the valuation allowance on
deferred tax assets in certain foreign jurisdictions of $8.6 million in recognition of their improved historical earnings and increasing future projected
earnings.
41
Table of Contents
Segment Financial Results
(in thousands, except percentages)
Video
Revenue
as % of total revenue
Gross profit
Gross margin %
Operating income
Operating margin %
Cable Access
Revenue
as % of total revenue
Gross profit
Gross margin %
Operating income (loss)
Operating margin %
Total
Revenue
Gross profit
Operating income
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
2021 vs. 2020
2020 vs. 2019
$
$
$
$
$
$
288,507
57%
169,468
59%
28,460
10 %
218,642
43%
93,191
43%
15,599
7 %
507,149
262,659
44,059
242,510
64%
132,092
54%
1,326
1 %
136,321
36%
66,661
49%
11,651
9 %
$
278,028
$
69 %
162,156
58 %
15,837
6 %
$
124,894
$
31 %
68,596
55 %
22,219
18 %
$
378,831
198,753
12,977
$
402,922
230,752
38,056
45,997
(7)%
37,376
5%
27,134
9 %
82,321
7%
26,530
(6)%
3,948
(2)%
128,318
63,906
31,082
19 % $
28 %
2,046 %
60 % $
40 %
34 %
34 % $
32 %
240 %
(35,518)
(5)%
(30,064)
(4)%
(14,511)
(5)%
11,427
5%
(1,935)
(6)%
(10,568)
(9)%
(24,091)
(31,999)
(25,079)
(13)%
(19)%
(92)%
9 %
(3)%
(48)%
(6)%
(14)%
(66)%
A reconciliation of our total segment operating income to income (loss) before income taxes is as follows:
(in thousands)
Total segment operating income
Amortization of non-cash warrants
(1)
Unallocated corporate expenses
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of intangibles
Income (loss) from operations
Loss on convertible debt extinguishment
Non-operating expense, net
Income (loss) before income taxes
2021
44,059
—
(681)
(24,062)
(507)
18,809
—
(9,938)
8,871
$
$
Year ended December 31,
2020
$
$
12,977
—
(3,416)
(18,040)
(3,970)
(12,449)
(1,362)
(12,406)
(26,217)
2019
38,056
(48)
(4,532)
(12,074)
(8,319)
13,083
(5,695)
(13,984)
(6,596)
$
$
(1) Together with amortization of intangibles and stock-based compensation, we do not allocate restructuring and related charges, and certain other
non-recurring charges, to the operating income for each segment because our management does not include this information in the measurement of the
performance of the operating segments.
Video
Our Video segment net revenue increased in 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily due to an increase of $40.9 million in Video appliance and
integration revenue, reflecting the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic on 2020 results, and an increase of $5.1 million in Video SaaS and service
revenue, reflecting increasing usage from existing customers and activation of new SaaS customers. Video segment operating margin increased in 2021, as
compared to 2020, primarily due to the increase in revenue and related gross profit, partially offset by higher employee compensation costs as a result of
headcount increases.
Cable Access
Our Cable Access segment net revenue increased in 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily due to the increased penetration of our existing CableOS
customers and addition of new CableOS customer deployments in 2021. Cable Access segment operating margin decreased in 2021, as compared to 2020,
primarily due to change in product mix, increased costs of supply chain related to increased pricing, freight and shipping, and higher employee
compensation costs as a result of headcount increases, partially offset by revenue growth.
42
Table of Contents
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We expect to continue to generate net positive operating cash flow as we have done in the last three fiscal years. The cash we generate from our
operations enables us to fund ongoing operations, our research and development projects for new products and technologies, and other business activities.
We continually evaluate our cash needs and may decide it is best to raise additional capital or seek alternative financing sources to fund our operations, the
growth of our business, to take advantage of unanticipated strategic opportunities, or to strengthen our financial position, including through drawdowns on
existing or new debt facilities or new financing (debt and equity) funds. In the future, we may enter into other arrangements for potential investments in, or
acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies, which could require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds
may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all. Conversely, we may also from time to time determine that it is in our best interests to voluntarily
repay certain indebtedness early. We believe that our current sources of funds will provide us with adequate liquidity during the 12-month period following
December 31, 2021, as well as in the long-term.
Material Cash Requirements
Our principal uses of cash will include repayments of debt and related interest, purchases of inventory, stock repurchases, payments for payroll,
restructuring expenses, and other operating expenses related to the development and marketing of our products, purchases of property and equipment,
facility leases, and other contractual obligations for the foreseeable future.
As of December 31, 2021, we had outstanding $171.2 million in aggregate principal amount of indebtedness, consisting of our 2022 Notes, 2024
Notes, and other debts, of which $42.7 million is scheduled to become due in the 12-month period following December 31, 2021. As of December 31,
2021, our total minimum lease payments are $45.5 million, of which $7.8 million is due in the 12-month period following December 31, 2021. For details
regarding our indebtedness and lease obligations, refer to Note 11, “Convertible Notes and Other Debts”, and Note 4, “Leases”, respectively, of the Notes
to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
On February 3, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase, from time to time, up to $100 million of our outstanding shares of common
stock through February 2025, at such time and such prices as management may decide. The program does not obligate us to repurchase any specific
number of shares and may be discontinued at any time.
Sources and Conditions of Liquidity
Our sources to fund our material cash requirements are predominantly from our sales of our products and services and, when applicable, proceeds from
debt facilities and debt and equity offerings.
As of December 31, 2021, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $133.4 million, net accounts receivable of $88.5
million, and our $25.0 million revolving credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., described in further detail below.
On March 27, 2020, the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security” Act that was signed into law in the United States. Under provisions of this
law, we deferred remittance of $1.7 million in employer’s share of payroll taxes incurred from March 27, 2020 to December 31, 2020. During 2021, $0.8
million of the total deferred payroll taxes has been paid, and the remaining deferred amount will be paid before December 31, 2022.
43
Table of Contents
On December 19, 2019, we entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender, and Harmonic
International GmbH, as co-borrower. The Credit Agreement provides for a secured revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $25.0
million, which may also be used for the issuance of letters of credit. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the principal amount of outstanding loans,
plus the face amount of any outstanding letters of credit, at any time cannot exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $25.0 million and (ii) the sum of
85% of our eligible receivables and 50% of our eligible inventory. During fiscal 2020, we amended the Credit Agreement to extend the maturity date to
October 30, 2022 and amend the interest rates for the revolving loans. As amended, the revolving loans bear interest, at our election, at a floating rate per
annum equal to either (1) 2.00% plus the greater of (i) 1 month LIBOR on any day plus 2.50% and (ii) the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal
from time to time or (2) 3.00% plus LIBOR for an interest period of one, two or three months. Interest on the revolving loans is payable monthly in arrears,
in the case of prime rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period, in the case of LIBOR loans. We are also obligated to pay other customary
closing fees, commitment fees and letter of credit fees for a credit facility of this size and type. Our obligations are required to be guaranteed by certain
material domestic subsidiaries, and all such obligations, including the guarantees, are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and such
guarantors and certain assets of Harmonic International GmbH. The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including
covenants limiting our ability to, among other things, incur debt, grant liens, undergo certain fundamental changes, make investments, make certain
restricted payments, dispose of assets, enter into transactions with affiliates, and enter into burdensome agreements, in each case, subject to limitations and
exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement. We are also required to maintain compliance with an adjusted quick ratio, a minimum EBITDA covenant
(tested quarterly) and a minimum liquidity covenant, in each case, determined in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. There
were no revolving borrowings under the Credit Agreement from the closing of the Credit Agreement through December 31, 2021. As of December 31,
2021, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Credit Agreement.
Our cash and cash equivalents of $133.4 million as of December 31, 2021 consisted of bank deposits held throughout the world, of which $91.8
million was held outside of the United States. At present, such foreign funds are considered to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign countries to the extent of
indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings. In the event funds from foreign operations are needed to fund cash needs in the United States and if U.S. taxes
have not already been previously accrued, we may be required to accrue and pay additional U.S. and foreign withholding taxes in order to repatriate these
funds.
Summary of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Operating Activities
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
41,017 $
(12,975)
7,939
(1,195)
34,786 $
39,163 $
(32,205)
(2,109)
738
5,587 $
31,295
(10,328)
6,305
(203)
27,069
Net cash provided by operating activities increased $1.9 million in 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily due to net income in 2021, as compared to net
loss in 2020, offset by cash used for working capital in 2021.
We expect that cash provided by or used in operating activities may fluctuate in future periods as a result of a number of factors, including the impact
of COVID-19 on demand for our offerings, fluctuations in our operating results, shipment linearity, accounts receivable collections performance, inventory
and supply chain management, and the timing and amount of compensation and other payments.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities decreased $19.2 million in 2021, as compared to 2020, mainly due to purchases of assets relating to the leasehold
improvements of the Company’s new headquarters completed in fiscal 2020.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities increased $10.0 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily due to the repayment of the $8.0
million remaining principal of the 2020 Notes in December 2020.
44
Table of Contents
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
None as of December 31, 2021.
New Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 2 of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the
respective expected dates of adoption and estimated effects, if any, on results of operations and financial condition.
45
Table of Contents
Item 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
We market and sell our products and services through our direct sales force and indirect channel partners in North America, EMEA, APAC and Latin
America. Accordingly, we are subject to exposure from adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the Euro, British pound, Israeli
shekel and Japanese yen. Our U.S. dollar functional subsidiaries account for approximately 96%, 95% and 94% of our consolidated net revenues in 2021,
2020 and 2019, respectively. We recorded net billings denominated in foreign currencies of approximately 18%, 22% and 16% of total company billings in
2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In addition, a portion of our operating expenses, primarily the cost of personnel to deliver technical support on our
products and professional services, sales and sales support and research and development, are denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Euro, Israeli
shekel and British pound.
We use derivative instruments, primarily forward contracts, to manage exposures to foreign currency exchange rates and we do not enter into foreign
currency forward contracts for trading purposes.
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments (Balance Sheet Hedges)
We enter into forward currency contracts to hedge foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities. These derivative instruments are
marked to market through earnings every period and mature generally within three months. Changes in the fair value of these foreign currency forward
contracts are recognized in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and are largely offset by the changes in the fair
value of the assets or liabilities being hedged.
The U.S. dollar equivalents of all outstanding notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts are summarized as follows:
(in thousands)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Purchase
Sell
Interest Rate Risk
December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
2,926 $
5,175 $
11,426
—
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our outstanding debt arrangements with variable rate interests as well as
our borrowings under the Credit Agreement.
On December 19, 2019, we entered into a Credit Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Harmonic International GmbH, as co-borrower.
The Credit Agreement provides for a secured revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $25.0 million, based on a borrowing base of
eligible accounts receivable and inventory. During fiscal 2020, we amended the Credit Agreement to extend the Credit Agreement maturity date to October
30, 2022 and amend the interest rates for the revolving loans. As amended, the revolving loans bear interest, at our election, at a floating rate per annum
equal to either (1) 1.25% plus the greater of (i) 1 month LIBOR on any day plus 2.50% and (ii) the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal from
time to time or (2) 2.25% plus LIBOR for an interest period of one, two or three months. Interest on the revolving loans is payable monthly in arrears, in
the case of prime rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period, in the case of LIBOR. We had no revolving borrowings under the Credit
Agreement from the closing of the Credit Agreement through December 31, 2021.
For our French entity, the aggregate debt balance at December 31, 2021 was $18.0 million, which are financed by French government agencies. These
debt instruments have maturities ranging from one to five years; expiring from 2022 through 2026. These loans are tied to the 1-month EURIBOR rate plus
spread. Refer to Note 11, “Convertible Notes and Other Debts,” of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. As of
December 31, 2021, a hypothetical 1.0% increase in interest rates on our debts subject to variable interest rate fluctuations would increase our interest
expense by approximately $0.2 million annually.
As of December 31, 2021, we had $37.7 million aggregate principal amount of the 2022 Notes outstanding, which have a fixed 4.375% coupon rate
and $115.5 million aggregate principal of the 2024 Notes outstanding, which have a fixed 2.00% coupon rate. Additionally, during fiscal 2020, we received
a loan from Société Générale S.A. in France which bears an effective interest rate of 0.51% per annum, in connection with relief loan programs related to
the COVID-19 pandemic. As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding balance of this loan was $5.7 million.
46
Table of Contents
Item 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Ernst & Young LLP - Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB Firm ID 42)
Report of Armanino LLP - Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB Firm ID 32)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
47
Page
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Harmonic, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Harmonic, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2021, the related
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021,
and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the
Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated
February 28, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our
audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud,
and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the
financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit
matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating
the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Inventory Valuation
Description of the Matter
The Company’s net inventory totaled $71.2 million as of December 31, 2021. As explained in “Note 2:
Accounting Policies” within the consolidated financial statements, inventory is stated at the lower of cost
(determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value. The Company establishes a provision for
excess and obsolete inventory to reduce such inventory to its estimated net realizable value.
Auditing management’s estimates for excess and obsolete inventory involved auditor judgment due to the
assessment of management’s estimates of whether a provision for excess and obsolete inventory is
required. The measurement of any excess of cost over net realizable value is judgmental and is impacted
by a number of factors that are affected by general economic and market conditions outside the
Company’s control. Specifically, excess and obsolete inventory calculations are sensitive to significant
assumptions that relate to future customer demand for the Company’s products.
How We Addressed the Matter in
Our Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of internal
controls over the Company’s excess and obsolete inventory reserve process. This included controls over
management’s determination of inventory valuation, including the evaluation of future demand of the
Company’s products and the completeness and accuracy of the data underlying the excess and obsolete
inventory valuation.
We performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing the Company’s methodology
over the computation of the provision for excess and obsolete inventory, testing the significant
assumptions and the underlying inputs used by the Company in its analysis including historical sales
trends, expectations regarding future demand, changes in the Company’s business, customer base,
product life cycles and other relevant factors. We evaluated current inventory levels compared to future
demand and historical sales.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.
San Jose, California
February 28, 2022
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Harmonic, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Harmonic, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the
COSO criteria). In our opinion, Harmonic, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the
consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive
income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and our report dated February 28,
2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions,
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Jose, California
February 28, 2022
48
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Harmonic Inc.
Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and
2019 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as
of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by COSO.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in 2019 due to the adoption
of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial
statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test
basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our
audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also
included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures
of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated
financial statements and (ii) involved especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter
in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below,
providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Revenue Recognition — Refer to Note 2 and 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
The Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised products and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration
the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services. The Company’s contract may contain one or more performance obligations,
including hardware, software, professional services and support and maintenance.
Significant judgment is exercised by the Company in determining revenue recognition for these customer agreements, and includes the following:
• Determination of whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus
together
• Determination of stand-alone selling prices for each distinct performance obligation and for products and services that are not sold separately
• Determination of the pattern of delivery (i.e., timing of when revenue is recognized) for each distinct performance obligation
•
Estimation of variable consideration when determining the amount of revenue to recognize (e.g., customer credits, incentives, and in certain
instances, determination and estimation of material rights)
Given these factors, the related audit effort in evaluating management’s judgments in determining revenue recognition for these customer agreements
was extensive and required a high degree of auditor judgment.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our principal audit procedures related to the Company’s revenue recognition for these customer agreements included the following:
• We tested the effectiveness of internal controls related to the identification of distinct performance obligations, determination of the timing of
revenue recognition, and the estimation of variable consideration.
• We selected a sample of customer agreements and performed the following procedures:
◦ Obtained and read contract source documents for each selection, including master agreements, and other documents that were part of the
agreement to identify significant terms
◦
◦
◦
Tested management’s identification of significant terms for completeness, including the identification of distinct performance obligations
and variable consideration
Tested the mathematical accuracy of management’s calculations of revenue and the associated timing of recognizing the related revenue
subject to any constraints in the consolidated financial statements
Assessed the terms in the customer agreement and evaluated the appropriateness of management’s application of their accounting
policies, along with their use of estimates, in the determination of revenue recognition conclusions
• We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s estimate of stand-alone selling prices for products and services that are not sold separately.
• We evaluated the reasonableness and accuracy of management’s judgments and estimates used in accounting for discounts and credits for future
purchases (“material rights”) which include estimating the stand-alone selling price of a material right. This included testing management’s
estimate of calculating discounts offered to customers, assessing management’s probability of customer exercising the material right and verifying
future sales forecast with the operations team.
Inventory Valuation— Refer to Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
The Company computes inventory cost on a first-in, first-out basis and applies judgment in determining forecast for products and the valuation of
inventories. The Company assesses inventory at each reporting date in order to assert that it is recorded at net realizable value, giving consideration to,
among other factors: whether the product is valued at the lower-of-cost or net realizable value; and the estimation of excess and obsolete inventory or that
which is not of saleable quality. Most of the Company’s inventory provisions are based on the Company’s inventory levels and future product purchase
commitments compared to assumptions about future demand and market conditions.
Significant judgment is exercised by the Company to determine inventory carrying value adjustments, specifically the provisions for excess or
obsolete inventories, and includes:
• Developing assumptions such as forecasts of future sales quantities and the selling prices, which are sensitive to the competitiveness of product
offerings, customer requirements, and product life cycles.
Given these factors and assumptions are forward-looking and could be affected by future economic and market conditions, the related audit effort to
evaluate management’s inventory valuation adjustments was extensive and required a high degree of auditor judgment.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our principal audit procedures related to the Company’s inventory valuation methodology included the following:
• We tested the effectiveness of internal controls related to inventory carrying value adjustment determination process, including management’s
assumptions related to future demand and market conditions.
• We selected a sample of inventory items and performed the following procedures:
◦
Tested the mathematical accuracy of the Company’s inventory schedule by comparing the quantities and carrying value of on-hand
inventories to related unit sales, both historical and forecasted
◦ Assessed and tested the reasonableness of the significant assumptions (e.g. sales and marketing forecast, build plans, usage and open
sales-order)
◦
Inquired with the Operations team and evaluated the adequacy of management’s adjustments to sales forecasts by analyzing potential
technological changes in line with product life cycles and/or identified alternative customer uses
◦ Assessed whether there were any potential sources of contrary information, including historical forecast accuracy or history of significant
revisions to previously recorded inventory valuation adjustments, and performed sensitivity analyses over significant assumptions to
evaluate the changes in inventory valuation that would result from changes in the assumptions.
LLP
/s/Armanino
San Ramon, California
March 2, 2021
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
49
Table of Contents
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Other non-current assets
Goodwill
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Convertible debt, current
Other debts, current
Accounts payable
Deferred revenue
Operating lease liabilities, current
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Convertible debt, non-current
Other debts, non-current
Operating lease liabilities, non-current
Other non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)
Convertible debt (Note 11)
Stockholders’ equity:
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
$
$
133,431 $
88,529
71,195
29,972
323,127
42,721
30,968
56,657
240,213
693,686 $
36,824 $
4,992
64,429
57,226
7,346
53,644
224,461
98,941
12,989
29,120
31,379
396,890
883
—
98,645
66,227
35,031
38,132
238,035
43,141
27,556
39,117
243,674
591,523
—
11,771
23,543
54,294
7,354
50,333
147,295
129,507
10,086
26,071
20,262
333,221
—
—
103
2,387,039
(2,087,957)
(3,272)
295,913
693,686 $
98
2,353,559
(2,101,211)
5,856
258,302
591,523
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 150,000 shares authorized; 102,959 and 98,204 shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
50
Table of Contents
Revenue:
Appliance and integration
SaaS and service
Total net revenue
Cost of revenue:
Appliance and integration
SaaS and service
Total cost of revenue
Total gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and development
Selling, general and administrative
Amortization of intangibles
Restructuring and related charges
Total operating expenses
Income (loss) from operations
Interest expense, net
Loss on convertible debt extinguishment
Other income (expense), net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted
Shares used in per share calculations:
Basic
Diluted
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)
$
$
$
$
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
369,767 $
137,382
507,149
252,014 $
126,817
378,831
195,445
51,962
247,407
259,742
102,231
138,085
507
110
240,933
18,809
(10,625)
—
687
8,871
(4,383)
13,254 $
126,948
56,886
183,834
194,997
82,494
119,611
3,019
2,322
207,446
(12,449)
(11,509)
(1,362)
(897)
(26,217)
3,054
(29,271) $
0.13 $
0.12 $
(0.30) $
(0.30) $
101,484
106,171
96,971
96,971
275,797
127,077
402,874
130,284
49,578
179,862
223,012
84,614
119,035
3,139
3,141
209,929
13,083
(11,651)
(5,695)
(2,333)
(6,596)
(672)
(5,924)
(0.07)
(0.07)
89,575
89,575
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
51
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
HARMONIC INC.
(In thousands)
Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Adjustment to pension benefit plan
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments:
Translation gain (loss)
Loss reclassified into earnings
Other comprehensive income (loss) before tax
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Total comprehensive income (loss)
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
13,254 $
(29,271) $
(5,924)
(233)
(159)
(8,022)
—
(8,022)
(8,255)
873
(9,128)
4,126 $
8,279
—
8,279
8,120
(801)
8,921
(20,350) $
(206)
(1,437)
56
(1,381)
(1,587)
262
(1,849)
(7,773)
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
52
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
HARMONIC INC.
(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2018
Cumulative effect to retained earnings related to adoption
of Topic 718
Balance at January 1, 2019
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Issuance of common stock under stock option, award and
purchase plans
Stock-based compensation
Issuance of warrant
Exercise of warrant
Reclassification from equity to mezzanine equity for 2020
Notes
Portion of repurchase price recorded in additional paid-in
capital in connection with partial repurchase of 2020 Notes
Conversion feature of 2024 Notes
Balance at December 31, 2019
Net loss
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Issuance of common stock under stock option, award and
purchase plans
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of warrant
Reclassification from mezzanine equity to equity
for 2020 Notes
Conversion feature of 2022 Notes
Conversion feature of exchanged portion of 2020 Notes
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of 2020 Notes
Balance at December 31, 2020
Net income
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Issuance of common stock under stock option, award and
purchase plans
Stock-based compensation
Reclassification from equity to mezzanine equity for 2022
Notes
Balance at December 31, 2021
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
87,057 $
87 $
2,296,795 $
Accumulated
Deficit
(2,067,416) $
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(1,216) $
228,250
—
87,057 $
—
—
4,014
—
—
804
—
—
—
91,875 $
—
—
3,822
—
2,413
—
—
—
94
98,204
—
—
4,755
—
—
87 $
—
—
4
—
—
1
—
—
—
92 $
—
—
3
—
2
—
—
—
1
98
—
—
5
—
—
102,959
—
103
—
2,296,795 $
—
—
6,910
12,156
16,142
(1)
(2,410)
(27,111)
24,878
2,327,359 $
—
—
3,807
18,034
(2)
2,410
8,254
(6,909)
606
2,353,559
—
—
10,244
24,119
(883)
2,387,039
1,400
(2,066,016) $
(5,924)
—
—
(1,216) $
—
(1,849)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2,071,940) $
(29,271)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2,101,211)
13,254
—
—
—
—
(2,087,957)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(3,065) $
—
8,921
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,856
—
(9,128)
—
—
—
(3,272)
1,400
229,650
(5,924)
(1,849)
6,914
12,156
16,142
—
(2,410)
(27,111)
24,878
252,446
(29,271)
8,921
3,810
18,034
—
2,410
8,254
(6,909)
607
258,302
13,254
(9,128)
10,249
24,119
(883)
295,913
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
53
Table of Contents
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation
Amortization of intangibles
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of convertible debt discount
Amortization of warrant
Foreign currency remeasurement
Loss on convertible debt extinguishment
Deferred income taxes, net
Provision for expected credit losses and returns
Provision for excess and obsolete inventories
Other adjustments
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other assets
Accounts payable
Deferred revenues
Other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from convertible debt
Repayment of convertible debt
Payment of convertible debt issuance costs
Proceeds from other debts
Repayment of other debts
Proceeds from common stock issued to employees
Payment of tax withholding obligations related to net share settlements of restricted stock units
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Income tax payments (refunds), net
Interest payments, net
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Capital expenditures incurred but not yet paid
Fair value of warrants issued
Fair value of 2022 Notes used to settle 2020 Notes
$
13,254 $
(29,271) $
12,546
507
24,056
6,308
1,741
(5,126)
—
(6,197)
4,142
3,460
181
(26,722)
(39,338)
(3,096)
42,303
15,014
(2,016)
41,017
(12,975)
(12,975)
—
—
—
3,861
(6,169)
12,311
(2,064)
7,939
(1,195)
34,786
98,645
133,431 $
2,525 $
4,095 $
751 $
— $
— $
11,737
3,970
18,040
7,058
1,746
6,391
1,362
(105)
1,666
1,847
409
21,186
(8,195)
11,556
(18,173)
19,751
(11,812)
39,163
(32,205)
(32,205)
—
(7,999)
(672)
9,398
(6,646)
5,472
(1,662)
(2,109)
738
5,587
93,058
98,645 $
(17) $
4,221 $
1,155 $
— $
44,357 $
$
$
$
$
$
$
(5,924)
11,287
8,319
12,074
6,756
13,576
(290)
5,695
(2,076)
1,500
1,479
1,349
(8,388)
(4,819)
(3,347)
5,086
(3,436)
(7,546)
31,295
(10,328)
(10,328)
115,500
(109,603)
(4,277)
4,684
(6,913)
8,406
(1,492)
6,305
(203)
27,069
65,989
93,058
1,138
4,260
2,055
16,142
—
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
54
Table of Contents
HARMONIC INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1: DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Harmonic Inc. (“Harmonic” or the “Company”), the worldwide leader in visualized cable access and video delivery solutions, enables media
companies and service providers to deliver ultra-high-quality video streaming and broadcast services to consumers globally. The Company revolutionized
cable access networking via the industry’s first virtualized cable access solution, enabling cable operators to more flexibly deploy gigabit internet service to
consumer’s homes and mobile devices. Whether simplifying video delivery via innovative cloud and software platforms, or powering the delivery of
gigabit internet cable services, Harmonic is changing the way media companies and service providers monetize live and on-demand content on every
screen.
The Company operates in two segments, Video and Cable Access. The Video business sells video processing and production and playout solutions and
services worldwide to cable operators and satellite and telecommunications (“telco”) pay-TV service providers, which are collectively referred to as
“service providers,” and to broadcast and media companies, including streaming media companies. The Video business infrastructure solutions are
delivered either through shipment of our products, software licenses or as software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) subscriptions. The Cable Access business sells
cable access solutions and related services, including our CableOS software-based cable access solution, primarily to cable operators globally.
NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Harmonic include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company’s fiscal quarters are based on 13-week periods, except for the
fourth quarter which ends on December 31.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”) requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities
at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s
reported financial positions or results of operations may be materially different under changed conditions or when using different estimates and
assumptions, particularly with respect to significant accounting policies. If estimates or assumptions differ from actual results, subsequent periods are
adjusted to reflect more current information.
Reclassifications
Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications did not have a material impact
on previously reported financial statements.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered cash equivalents. The carrying
amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments.
Credit Risk and Major Customers/Supplier Concentration
Financial instruments which subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable.
Cash and cash equivalents are invested in short-term, highly liquid, investment-grade instruments, in accordance with the Company’s investment policy.
The investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution, commercial or governmental issuer.
The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from sales to worldwide cable, satellite, telco, and broadcast and media companies. The Company
generally does not require collateral from its customers, and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and provides for expected losses. The
Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectability of its accounts receivable. One customer had a balance
greater than 10% of the Company’s net accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020
and 2019, Comcast is the only customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue.
55
Table of Contents
Certain of the components and subassemblies included in the Company’s products are obtained from a single source or a limited group of suppliers.
Although the Company seeks to reduce dependence on those sole source and limited source suppliers, the partial or complete loss of certain of these
sources could have at least a temporary adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and damage customer relationships.
Revenue Recognition
The Company’s principal sources of revenue are from the sale of hardware, software, hardware and software maintenance contracts, and end-to-end
solutions, encompassing design, manufacture, test, integration and installation of products. The Company also derives recurring revenue from
subscriptions, which are comprised of subscription fees from customers utilizing the Company’s cloud-based video processing solutions.
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using the following five steps:
a) Identify the contract(s) with a customer;
b) Identify the performance obligations in the contract;
c) Determine the transaction price;
d) Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
e) Recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation.
A contract contains a promise (or promises) to transfer goods or services to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise (or a group of promises)
that is distinct. The transaction price is the amount of consideration a Company expects to be entitled to from a customer in exchange for providing the
goods or services.
The unit of account for revenue recognition is a performance obligation. A contract may contain one or more performance obligations, including
hardware, software, professional services and support and maintenance. Performance obligations are accounted for separately if they are distinct. A good or
service is distinct if the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the
customer, and the good or service is distinct in the context of the contract. Otherwise performance obligations will be combined with other promised goods
or services until the Company identifies a bundle of goods or services that is distinct.
The transaction price is allocated to all the separate performance obligations in an arrangement. It reflects the amount of consideration to which the
Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring goods or services, which may include an estimate of variable consideration to the extent that
it is probable of not being subject to significant reversals in the future based on the Company’s experience with similar arrangements. The transaction price
also reflects the impact of the time value of money if there is a significant financing component present in an arrangement. The transaction price excludes
amounts collected on behalf of third parties, such as sales taxes.
Revenue is recognized when the Company satisfies each performance obligation by transferring control of the promised goods or services to the
customer. Goods or services can transfer at a point in time or over time depending on the nature of the arrangement.
Refer to Note 3, “Revenue,” for additional information.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value. The cost of inventories is comprised of
material and manufacturing labor and overheads. The Company establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventories to reduce such inventories to
their estimated net realizable value after evaluation of historical sales, future demand and market conditions, expected product life cycles and current
inventory levels. Such provisions are charged to cost of revenue in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Estimated useful lives are generally five years for furniture and fixtures, three years for software and four years for machinery and equipment. Depreciation
for leasehold improvements are computed using the shorter of estimated useful lives or the terms of the related leases.
Long-Lived Assets including Purchased Intangible Assets
The Company reviews property and equipment, intangible assets and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group) may not be recoverable.
56
Table of Contents
Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount to the future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is not
recoverable, its carrying amount would be adjusted down to its fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, there were no
impairment charges for long-lived assets.
Goodwill
The Company assesses goodwill for impairment on an annual basis (in the fourth quarter), or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances
indicate that it might be impaired, by comparing its carrying value to the reporting unit’s fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and
2019, there were no impairment charges for goodwill.
Refer to Note 7, “Goodwill,” for additional information.
Leases
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC 842, Leases (“Topic 842”), using the modified retrospective method, applying Topic 842 to all leases
existing at the date of initial application. The Company elected to use the effective date as the date of initial application. Consequently, prior period
balances and disclosures have not been restated. The Company elected certain practical expedients, which among other things, allowed the Company to
carry forward prior conclusions about lease identification and classification.
Under Topic 842, operating lease expense is generally recognized evenly over the term of the lease. The Company has operating leases primarily
consisting of facilities with remaining lease terms of 1 year to 11 years. The lease term represents the non-cancelable period of the lease. For certain leases,
the Company has an option to extend the lease term. These renewal options are not considered in the remaining lease term unless it is reasonably certain
that the Company will exercise such options.
Refer to Note 4, “Leases,” for additional information.
Foreign Currency
The functional currency of the Company’s Israeli and Swiss subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. All other foreign subsidiaries use the respective local
currency as the functional currency. When the local currency is the functional currency, gains and losses from translation of these foreign currency financial
statements into U.S. dollars are recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity.
The Company’s foreign currency exposure is also related to its net position of monetary assets and monetary liabilities held by its foreign subsidiaries
in their nonfunctional currencies. These monetary assets and liabilities are being remeasured into the subsidiaries’ respective functional currencies using
exchange rates as of the balance sheet date. Such remeasurement gains and losses are included in “Other income (expense), net” in the Company’s
Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded remeasurement gain of approximately $0.6
million. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded remeasurement loss of $1.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
Derivative Instruments
The Company enters into derivative instruments, primarily foreign currency forward contracts, to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency
exchange rate fluctuations on certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities as well as certain foreign currencies denominated expenses. The
Company does not enter into derivative instruments for trading purposes and these derivatives generally have maturities within three months.
The derivative instruments are recorded at fair value in prepaid expenses and other current assets or accrued and other current liabilities in the
Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company enters into derivative instruments to hedge existing foreign currency denominated assets or
liabilities, the gains or losses on these hedges are recorded immediately in earnings to offset the changes in the fair value of the assets or liabilities being
hedged.
Research and Development
Research and development (“R&D”) costs are expensed as incurred and consists primarily of employee salaries and related expenses, contractors and
outside consultants, supplies and materials, equipment depreciation and facilities costs, all associated with the design and development of new products and
enhancements of existing products.
The Company’s French subsidiary participates in the French Crédit d’Impôt Recherche (“CIR”) program which allows companies to monetize eligible
research expenses. The R&D credits receivable from the French government for spending on innovative R&D under the CIR program is recorded as an
offset to R&D expenses. In the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company had R&D credits of $5.7 million, $4.5 million and $4.7
million, respectively.
57
Table of Contents
Restructuring and Related Charges
The Company’s restructuring charges consist primarily of employee severance, one-time termination benefits related to the reduction of its workforce,
and other costs. Liabilities for costs associated with a restructuring activity are recognized when the liability is incurred and are measured at fair value.
One-time termination benefits are expensed at the date the entity notifies the employee, unless the employee must provide future service, in which case the
benefits are expensed ratably over the future service period. Termination benefits are calculated based on regional benefit practices and local statutory
requirements.
Refer to Note 10, “Restructuring and Related Charges,” for additional information.
Warranty
The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs at the time of revenue recognition and records such accrued liabilities as part of cost of revenue.
Management periodically reviews its warranty liability and adjusts the accrued liability based on the terms of warranties provided to customers, historical
and anticipated warranty claims experience, and estimates of the timing and cost of warranty claims.
Advertising Expenses
All advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated
Statements of Operations. Advertising expense was $1.0 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.
Stock-based Compensation
The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards made to employees, including stock options,
restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and stock purchase rights under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), based upon the grant-date fair
value of those awards. The Company recognizes the impact of forfeitures as they occur.
The fair value of the Company’s stock options and stock purchase rights under ESPP is estimated at grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model. The fair value of the Company’s RSUs and performance-based RSUs (“PRSUs”) is calculated based on the market value of the Company’s stock at
the grant date. The fair value of the Company’s market-based RSUs (“MRSUs”) is estimated using the Monte-Carlo valuation model with market vesting
conditions.
The Company recognizes the stock-based compensation for options, RSUs, MRSUs and stock purchase rights under ESPP on straight-line basis over
the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The Company recognizes the stock-based compensation for PRSUs based on the
probability of achieving performance criteria defined in the PRSU agreements. The Company estimates the number of PRSUs ultimately expected to vest
and recognizes expense using the graded vesting attribution method over the requisite service period. Changes in the estimates related to probability of
achieving certain performance criteria and number of PRSUs expected to vest could significantly affect the related stock-based compensation expense from
one period to the next.
Pension Plan
Under French law, the Company’s subsidiary in France is obligated to provide for a defined benefit plan to its employees upon their retirement from
the Company. The Company’s defined benefit pension plan in France is unfunded.
The Company records its obligations relating to the pension plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions including
employees’ age and period of service with the company; projected mortality rates, mobility rates and increases in salaries; and a discount rate. The
Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis as of December 31 (or more frequently if a significant event requiring remeasurement
occurs) and modifies the assumptions based on current rates and trends when it is appropriate to do so. The Company believes that the assumptions utilized
in recording its obligations under its pension plan are reasonable based on its experience, market conditions and input from its actuaries.
The Company accounts for the actuarial gains (losses) in accordance with ASC 715, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits.” If the net accumulated
gain or loss exceeds 10% of the projected plan benefit obligation, a portion of the net gain or loss is amortized and included in expense for the following
year based upon the average remaining service period of active plan participants, unless the Company’s policy is to recognize all actuarial gains (losses)
when they occur. The Company elected to defer actuarial gains (losses) in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). As of December 31, 2021, the
Company did not meet the 10% threshold, and therefore no amortization of 2021 actuarial gain would be recorded in 2022.
Refer to Note 12, “Employee Benefit Plans” for additional information.
58
Table of Contents
Income Taxes
In preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the Company estimates the income taxes for each of the jurisdictions in which the
Company operates. This involves estimating the Company’s current tax expense and assessing temporary and permanent differences resulting from
differing treatment of items, such as reserves and accruals, for tax and accounting purposes. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets and
liabilities, which are included within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company’s income tax policy is to record the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities
and amounts reported in the Company’s accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company
follows the guidelines set forth in the applicable accounting guidance regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded on the Consolidated Balance
Sheets and provides any necessary allowances as required. Determining necessary allowances requires the Company to make assessments about the timing
of future events, including the probability of expected future taxable income and available tax planning opportunities. A history of operating losses in
recent years has led to uncertainty with respect to our ability to realize certain of our net deferred tax assets, and as a result we applied a full valuation
allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2021. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates or the Company
adjusts these estimates in future periods, the Company’s operating results, and financial position could be materially affected.
The Company is subject to examination of its income tax returns by various tax authorities on a periodic basis. The Company regularly assesses the
likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from such examinations to determine the adequacy of its provision for income taxes. The Company has applied
the provisions of the applicable accounting guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which requires application of a more-likely-than-not
threshold to the recognition and de-recognition of uncertain tax positions. If the recognition threshold is met, the applicable accounting guidance permits
the Company to recognize a tax benefit measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that, in the Company’s judgment, is more than 50% likely to be
realized upon settlement. It further requires that a change in judgment related to the expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions be recognized in
earnings in the period of such change.
The Company files annual income tax returns in multiple taxing jurisdictions around the world. A number of years may elapse before an uncertain tax
position is audited and finally resolved. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain tax
position, the Company believes that its reserves for income taxes reflect the most likely outcome. The Company adjusts these reserves and penalties, as
well as the related interest, in light of changing facts and circumstances. Changes in the Company’s assessment of its uncertain tax positions or settlement
of any particular position could materially and adversely impact the Company’s income tax rate, operating results, financial position and cash flows.
Segment Reporting
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities for which separate financial information is available
and is evaluated by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), which for the Company is its Chief Executive Officer, in deciding how to allocate
resources and assess performance. The Company has two operating segments: Video and Cable Access.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts
in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. Among other changes, ASU
No. 2020-06 removes from U.S. GAAP the liability and equity separation model for convertible instruments with a cash conversion feature, and as a result,
after adoption, entities will no longer separately present in equity an embedded conversion feature for such debt. Similarly, the embedded conversion
feature will no longer be amortized into income as interest expense over the life of the instrument. Instead, entities will account for a convertible debt
instrument wholly as debt unless (1) a convertible instrument contains features that require bifurcation as a derivative under ASC Topic 815, Derivatives
and Hedging, or (2) a convertible debt instrument was issued at a substantial premium. The new ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning
after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted after December 15, 2020, and can be adopted either be on a modified retrospective or full
retrospective basis.
The Company will adopt this ASU on January 1, 2022 on a modified retrospective basis. The adoption is expected to reduce additional paid-in capital
and convertible debt (mezzanine equity) by approximately $32.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively, due to the recombination of the equity conversion
component of outstanding convertible debt, which was initially separated and recorded in stockholders’ equity, and to remove the remaining debt discount
of approximately $15.2 million related to this previous separation. The net effect of these adjustments will be recorded as a reduction in the balance of the
opening accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2022.
59
Table of Contents
The Company currently expects that the adoption of this ASU will result in the reduction of non-cash interest expense for the year ending December
31, 2022 and future periods until the settlement of the remaining outstanding Notes. The required use of if-converted method to calculate the impact of
convertible notes on diluted earnings per share is not expected to have a material impact. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company and the
trustee for 2022 Notes and 2024 Notes entered into supplemental indentures for both the 2022 Notes and 2024 Notes. Pursuant to the supplemental
indentures, the Company eliminated its option to settle the principal amount of the Notes in shares of the Company's common stock upon conversion.
Accordingly, the dilutive effect of the Company's 2022 Notes and 2024 Notes will be limited to the conversion premium. The adoption of this ASU will
have no impact on the consolidated statement of cash flows.
From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB, or other standards setting bodies, that are adopted by the Company as of
the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company believes the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not
have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows upon adoption.
NOTE 3: REVENUE
Hardware and Software. Revenue from the sale of hardware and software products is recognized when the control is transferred. For most of the
Company’s product sales (including sales to distributors and system integrators), the control is transferred at the time the product is shipped or delivery has
occurred because the customer has significant risks and rewards of ownership of the asset and the Company has a present right to payment at that time. The
Company’s agreements with the distributors and system integrators have terms which are generally consistent with the standard terms and conditions for
the sale of the Company’s equipment to end users, and do not provide for product rotation or pricing allowances, as are typically found in agreements with
stocking distributors. The Company offers return rights which are specifically identified and accrued for as sales returns at the end of the period.
Shipping and handling costs are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are recorded in “Cost of revenue” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of
Operations. Sales tax and other amounts collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from the transaction price.
Arrangements with Multiple Performance Obligations. The Company has revenue arrangements that include multiple performance obligations. The
Company allocates transaction price to all separate performance obligations based on their relative standalone selling prices (“SSP”). The Company may
exercise judgment when determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately
versus together.
The Company allocates transaction price to all separate performance obligations based on their relative SSP. The Company’s best evidence for SSP is
the price the Company charges for that good or service when the Company sells it separately in similar circumstances to similar customers. If goods or
services are not always sold separately, the Company uses its estimate of SSP in the allocation of transaction price. The objective of determining the best
estimate of SSP is to estimate the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a standalone basis. The
Company’s process for determining best estimate of SSP involves management’s judgment, and considers multiple factors including, but not limited to,
major product groupings, geographies, gross margin objectives and pricing practices. Pricing practices taken into consideration include contractually stated
prices, discounts offered and applicable price lists. These factors may vary over time, depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each
deliverable. If the facts and circumstances underlying the factors considered change or should future facts and circumstances lead the Company to consider
additional factors, the Company’s best estimate of SSP may also change.
If the Company has not yet established a selling price because the good or service has not previously been sold on a standalone basis, SSP for such
good and service in a contract with multiple performance obligations is determined by applying a residual approach whereby all other performance
obligations within a contract are first allocated a portion of the transaction price based upon their respective SSP, using observable prices, with any residual
amount of the transaction price allocated to the good or service for which the price has not yet been established.
60
Table of Contents
Solution Sales. Solution sales for the design, manufacture, test, integration and installation of products, including equipment acquired from third parties
to be integrated with Harmonic’s products, that are customized to meet the customer’s specifications are accounted for based on the percentage-of-
completion basis, using the input method. Some of our arrangements may include acceptance provisions that require testing of the solution against specific
performance criteria. The Company performs a detailed evaluation to determine whether the arrangement involves performance criteria based on our
standard performance criteria. The Company has a long-standing history of entering into contractual arrangements to deliver the solution sales based on
standard performance criteria. For this type of arrangement, we consider the customer acceptance clause not substantive and recognize product revenue
when the customer takes possession of the product and recognize service on a percentage-of-completion basis using the input method. However, if the
solution results in significant production, modification or customization, we consider the arrangement as a single performance obligation and recognize the
revenue at a point in time, depending on the complexity of the solution and nature of acceptance.
Professional services. Revenue from professional services is recognized over time as the services are performed or on the percentage-of-completion
basis using the input method.
Input method. The use of the input method requires the Company to make reasonably dependable estimates. We use the input method based on labor
hours, where revenue is calculated based on the percentage of total hours incurred in relation to total estimated hours at completion of the contract. The
input method is reasonable because the hours best reflect the Company’s efforts toward satisfying the performance obligation over time. As circumstances
change over time, the Company updates its measure of progress to reflect any changes in the outcome of the performance obligation. Such changes to an
entity’s measure of progress are accounted for as a change in accounting estimates.
Support and maintenance. Support and maintenance services are satisfied ratably over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the
benefits of the services.
Contract Balances. Deferred revenue represents the Company’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Company has
received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. The Company’s payment terms vary by the type and location of its
customer and the products or services offered. The term between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. For certain products or services and
customer types, the Company requires payment before the products or services are delivered to the customer.
Revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021 that was included within the deferred revenue balance at January 1, 2021 was
$52.2 million. Revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020 that was included within the deferred revenue balance at January 1, 2020
was $36.2 million.
Contract assets exist when the Company has satisfied a performance obligation but does not have an unconditional right to consideration (e.g., because
the entity first must satisfy another performance obligation in the contract before it is entitled to invoice the customer).
Contract assets and deferred revenue consisted of the following:
(in thousands)
Contract assets
Deferred revenue
As of December 31,
2021
2020
$
8,101
78,167
$
9,800
63,533
Contract assets and the non-current portion of Deferred revenue are reported as components of “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Other
non-current liabilities,” respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Remaining performance obligations represent contracted revenues that had not yet been recognized and future revenue recognition is expected. The
aggregate balance of the Company’s remaining performance obligations as of December 31, 2021, was $461.7 million, of which approximately 83% is
expected to be recognized as revenue over the next 12 months and the remainder thereafter.
Contract costs. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are capitalized if the costs are expected to be recovered. Costs that are recognized as
assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the related goods or services transfer to the customer. Costs incurred to fulfill a
contract are capitalized if they are not covered by other relevant guidance, relate directly to a contract, will be used to satisfy future performance
obligations, and are expected to be recovered.
61
Table of Contents
The balances of net capitalized contract costs included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Location
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other non-current assets
Total net capitalized contract costs
As of December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
1,907 $
1,636
3,543 $
1,581
1,287
2,868
The amortization of the capitalized contract costs for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $2.3 million, $1.6 million and
$1.5 million.
Practical Expedients and Exemptions. Under Topic 606, incremental costs of obtaining a contract such as sales commissions are capitalized if they are
expected to be recovered, and amortized on a straight-line basis. Expensing these costs as incurred is not permitted unless they qualify for a practical
expedient. Other than capitalized costs of obtaining subscription contracts which are amortized regardless of the life of expected amortization period, the
Company elected the practical expedient to expense the costs to obtain all other contracts as incurred, when the life of the expected amortization period is
one year or less by using a portfolio approach.
The Company elected the practical expedient that allows the Company to not assess a contract for a significant financing component if the period
between the customer’s payment and the transfer of the goods or services is one year or less.
Refer to Note 17, “Segment Information, Geographic Information and Customer Concentration” for disaggregated revenue information.
NOTE 4. LEASES
Under Topic 842, operating lease expense is generally recognized evenly over the term of the lease. The Company has operating leases primarily
consisting of facilities with remaining lease terms of 1 year to 11 years. The lease term represents the non-cancelable period of the lease. For certain leases,
the Company has an option to extend the lease term. These renewal options are not considered in the remaining lease term unless it is reasonably certain
that the Company will exercise such options.
The Company elected certain practical expedients under Topic 842 which are: (i) to not record leases with an initial term of twelve months or less on
the balance sheet; (ii) to combine the lease and non-lease components in determining the lease liabilities and right-of-use assets, and (iii) to carry forward
prior conclusions about lease identification and classification.
The Company’s lease contracts do not provide an implicit borrowing rate; hence the Company determined the incremental borrowing rate based on
information available at lease commencement to determine the present value of lease liability. The Company generally uses the parent entity’s incremental
borrowing rates as the treasury operations are managed centrally by the parent entity and, consequently, the pricing of leases at a subsidiary level is
typically significantly influenced by the credit risk evaluated at the parent or consolidated group level on the basis of guarantees or other payment
mechanisms that allow the lessor to look beyond just the subsidiary for payment.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, the Company entered into new or modified lease agreements which were assessed under Topic 842 to
be operating leases. The new or modified lease agreements resulted in the balance sheet recognition of $8.8 million in “Operating lease right-of use assets,”
$7.7 million in “Operating lease liabilities, long-term,” and $1.1 million in “Operating lease liabilities, current.”
The components of lease expense are as follows:
(in thousands)
Operating lease cost
Variable lease cost
Total lease cost
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases are as follows:
(in thousands)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities
ROU assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations
62
Year ended December 31,
2021
2020
7,550 $
1,986
9,536 $
8,369
2,675
11,044
Year ended December 31,
2021
2020
7,644 $
8,837 $
9,584
5,414
$
$
$
$
Table of Contents
Other information related to leases are as follows:
Operating leases
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Weighted-average discount rate
Year ended December 31,
2021
2020
6.8
6.3 %
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):
Years ending December 31,
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total future minimum lease payments
Less: imputed interest
Total lease liability balance
$
$
$
7.0
7.1 %
7,734
7,226
7,069
5,870
4,893
12,717
45,509
(9,043)
36,466
NOTE 5: DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments (Balance Sheet Hedges)
The Company’s balance sheet hedges consist of foreign currency forward contracts, which mature generally within three months. These forward
contracts are carried at fair value and they are used to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation on cash and certain
trade and intercompany receivables and payables. Changes in the fair value of these foreign currency forward contracts are recognized in “Other expense,
net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and are largely offset by the changes in the fair value of the assets or liabilities being hedged. Foreign
currency forward contracts’ gains recognized during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, were $0.7 million, $2.2 million and $1.4 million,
respectively.
The U.S. dollar equivalents of all outstanding notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts were as follows:
(in thousands)
Purchase
Sell
As of December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
2,926 $
5,175 $
11,426
—
While the Company’s arrangements with its counterparties allow for net settlement, which is designed to reduce credit risk by permitting net settlement
with the same counterparty, the Company recognizes all derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets on a gross basis. As of December 31,
2021 and 2020, gross fair values of derivative assets and liabilities, recorded as components of “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Other
current liabilities”, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, were immaterial.
In connection with foreign currency derivatives entered in Israel, the Company’s subsidiaries in Israel are required to maintain a compensating balance
with their bank at the end of each month. The compensating balance arrangements do not legally restrict the use of cash. As of December 31, 2021 and
2020, the total compensating balance maintained was $1.0 million.
63
Table of Contents
NOTE 6: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The applicable accounting guidance establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosure about the fair value measurements of
assets and liabilities. This guidance defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability, in the principal
or most advantageous market for the asset or liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques
used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. This guidance requires the Company
to classify and disclose assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as fair value measurements of assets and liabilities
measured on a nonrecurring basis in periods subsequent to initial measurement, in a three-tier fair value hierarchy as follows:
•
•
•
Level 1 - Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 - Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not
active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or
liabilities.
Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and
accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to their short maturities.
The Company's financial instruments not measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
(in thousands)
2022 Notes
2024 Notes
French and other loans
Carrying
Value
Level 1
Fair Value
Level 2
Level 3
Carrying
Value
Level 1
Fair Value
Level 2
Level 3
$
$
$
36,824 $
98,941 $
17,981 $
— $
— $
— $
78,619 $
173,419 $
17,981 $
— $
— $
— $
35,925 $
93,582 $
21,835 $
— $
— $
— $
54,204 $
125,953 $
21,835 $
—
—
—
The fair value of the Company’s Notes is influenced by interest rates, the Company’s stock price and stock market volatility. The difference between
the carrying value and the fair value is primarily due to the spread between the conversion price and the market value of the shares underlying the
conversion as of each respective balance sheet date. The Company’s French and other loans are classified within Level 2 because these borrowings are not
actively traded and the majority of them have a variable interest rate structure based upon market rates currently available to the Company for debt with
similar terms and maturities; therefore, the carrying value of these debts approximate its fair value. Refer to Note 11, “Convertible Notes and Other Debts,”
for additional information.
During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, there were no nonrecurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities subsequent to
initial recognition.
NOTE 7: GOODWILL
Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the estimated fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Goodwill is allocated among and evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an
operating segment. The Company has two reporting units, Video and Cable Access.
During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company performed the qualitative goodwill impairment testing for the two reporting units as part of the
Company’s annual goodwill impairment test and concluded that goodwill was not impaired. The Company has not recorded any impairment charges related
to goodwill in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019. If future economic conditions are different than those projected by management, future impairment charges may
be required.
64
Table of Contents
The changes in the Company’s carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:
(in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Balance as of December 31, 2020
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Balance as of December 31, 2021
$
$
$
NOTE 8: ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable, net of allowances, consisted of the following:
(in thousands)
Accounts receivable
Less: allowance for expected credit losses and sales returns
Total
Video
Cable Access
Total
178,982
3,873
182,855
(3,457)
179,398
$
$
$
$
$
60,798
21
60,819
(4)
60,815
$
$
$
239,780
3,894
243,674
(3,461)
240,213
As of December 31,
2021
2020
91,382
(2,853)
88,529
$
$
68,295
(2,068)
66,227
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and do not bear interest. The Company generally does not require collateral and performs
ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and provides for expected losses. The Company maintains an allowance for expected credit losses based upon
the expected collectability of its accounts receivable. The expectation of collectability is based on the Company’s review of credit profiles of customers,
contractual terms and conditions, current economic trends and historical payment experience. The Company offers return rights which are specifically
identified and accrued for as sales returns at the end of the period.
The following table is a summary of activities in allowances for expected credit losses and sales returns:
(in thousands)
Year ended December 31,
2021
2020
2019
Balance at
Beginning of
Period
Charges to
Revenue
Charges
(Credits) to
Expense
Deductions
from Reserves
Balance at End
of Period
$
$
$
2,068 $
3,013 $
3,497 $
2,609 $
1,367 $
1,896 $
1,533 $
299 $
(396) $
(3,357) $
(2,611) $
(1,984) $
2,853
2,068
3,013
NOTE 9: CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS
Inventories:
(in thousands)
Raw materials
Work-in-process
Finished goods
Service-related spares
Total
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
(in thousands)
Prepaid expenses
(1)
Contract assets
Other current assets
Total
December 31,
2021
2020
22,245 $
3,993
37,545
7,412
71,195 $
December 31,
2021
2020
8,074 $
8,101
13,797
29,972 $
2,529
1,689
22,777
8,036
35,031
11,453
9,800
16,879
38,132
$
$
$
$
(1) Contract assets reflect the satisfied performance obligations for which the Company does not yet have an unconditional right to consideration.
65
Table of Contents
Property and equipment, net:
(in thousands)
Machinery and equipment
Capitalized software
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and fixtures
Construction-in-progress
Property and equipment, gross
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Total
Other current liabilities:
(in thousands)
Accrued employee compensation and related expenses
Other
Total
December 31,
2021
2020
78,461 $
38,306
40,658
2,820
1,892
162,137
(119,416)
42,721 $
72,731
37,141
38,718
2,913
2,209
153,712
(110,571)
43,141
December 31,
2021
2020
26,820 $
26,824
53,644 $
23,131
27,202
50,333
$
$
$
$
NOTE 10: RESTRUCTURING AND RELATED CHARGES
The Company has implemented several restructuring plans in the past few years. The goal of these plans was to bring operational expenses to
appropriate levels relative to the Company’s net revenue, while simultaneously implementing extensive company-wide expense control programs. The
restructuring plans have primarily been comprised of severance payments and termination benefits related to headcount reductions. The Company accounts
for its restructuring plans under the authoritative guidance for exit or disposal activities.
The following table summarizes the activities related to the Company’s restructuring plans during the year ended December 31, 2021:
Severance and Benefits
(in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2020
Charges for current period
Cash payments
Other
Balance at December 31, 2021
$
$
4,098
681
(2,520)
(167)
2,092
For the year ended December 31, 2021, $0.6 million and $0.1 million of restructuring and related charges are included in “Cost of revenue” and
“Operating expenses - Restructuring and related charges”, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
NOTE 11: CONVERTIBLE NOTES AND OTHER DEBTS
4.375% Convertible Senior Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”)
In June 2020, the Company issued the 2022 Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $37.7 million in a non-cash exchange for its 2020 Notes with
an equal principal amount pursuant to an indenture, dated June 2, 2020 (the “2022 Notes Indenture”), by and between the Company and U.S. Bank
National Association, as trustee. The 2022 Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.375% per year, payable in cash on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The
2022 Notes will mature on December 1, 2022, unless earlier repurchased by the Company, redeemed by the Company or converted pursuant to their terms.
The 2022 Notes were initially convertible into cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 (“Common Stock”), or a combination
thereof, at the Company’s election, at an initial conversion rate of 173.9978 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2022 Notes (which is
equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $5.75 per share). Pursuant to the supplemental indenture entered into by the Company and the
trustee during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company made an irrevocable election to settle the principal amounts of the 2022 Notes solely with
cash and may pay or deliver, as the case may be, any conversion value greater than the principal amount in cash, shares of common stock or a combination
thereof, at the Company’s election.
66
Table of Contents
The conversion rate, and thus the effective conversion price, may be adjusted under certain circumstances, including in connection with conversions
made following certain fundamental changes and under other circumstances as set forth in the 2022 Notes Indenture.
Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding September 1, 2022, the 2022 Notes will be convertible only under the
following circumstances: (1) during any fiscal quarter commencing after the fiscal quarter ended on June 26, 2020 (and only during such fiscal quarter), if
the last reported sale price of Common Stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days
ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable
trading day; (2) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per
$1,000 principal amount of 2022 Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of
Common Stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. Commencing on September 1,
2022 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, the 2022 Notes will be convertible in
multiples of $1,000 principal amount regardless of the foregoing circumstances.
The 2022 Notes became convertible as of December 31, 2021, as the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading
days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on December 31, 2021 was greater than 130% of the conversion price of the 2022 Notes on
each applicable trading day. As a result of the 2022 Notes becoming convertible for cash up to the principal amount of $37.7 million, the Company
reclassified the unamortized debt discount for the 2022 Notes in the amount of $0.9 million from “Additional paid-in capital” to “Convertible Debt” in the
mezzanine equity section in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2021. Additionally, all $36.8 million of the net carrying amount of the
liability component of the 2022 Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2021 was classified as a current liability as of that date.
As the 2022 Notes were issued in exchange for the 2020 Notes, which was accounted for as an extinguishment, the 2022 Notes were initially
accounted for at fair value, which was estimated to be $44.4 million. In accordance with the accounting guidance on embedded conversion features, the
conversion feature associated with the 2022 Notes was initially valued at $8.3 million and bifurcated from the host debt instrument and recorded in
“Additional paid-in capital.” The remaining amount of $36.0 million, which represents the fair value of the liability component of the 2022 Notes, was
recorded as the initial carrying value of the 2022 Notes. The initial debt discount on the 2022 Notes is $1.7 million, calculated as the difference between the
stated principal amount of $37.7 million and the initial carrying value of the liability component of $36.0 million. The debt discount is being amortized to
interest expense at the effective interest rate over the contractual terms of the 2022 Notes.
The following table presents the components of the 2022 Notes:
(in thousands, except for years and percentages)
Liability:
Principal amount
Less: Debt discount, net of amortization
Less: Debt issuance costs, net of amortization
Carrying amount
Remaining amortization period (years)
Effective interest rate on liability component
The following table presents interest expense recognized for the 2022 Notes:
(in thousands)
Contractual interest expense
Amortization of debt discount
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Total interest expense recognized
67
As of December 31,
2021
2020
37,707
(672)
(211)
36,824
$
$
0.9
6.95 %
Year ended December 31,
2021
2020
1,648 $
685
214
2,547 $
37,707
(1,357)
(425)
35,925
1.9
6.95 %
953
373
117
1,443
$
$
$
$
Table of Contents
2.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”)
In September 2019, the Company issued $115.5 million of the 2024 Notes pursuant to an indenture (the “2024 Notes Indenture”), dated September 13,
2019, by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The 2024 Notes bear interest at a rate of 2.00% per year, payable semi-
annually on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning March 1, 2020. The 2024 Notes will mature on September 1, 2024, unless earlier
repurchased by the Company, redeemed by the Company or converted pursuant to their terms.
The 2024 Notes were initially convertible into cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 (“Common Stock”), or a combination
thereof, at the Company’s election, at an initial conversion rate of 115.5001 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2024 Notes (which is
equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $8.66 per share). Pursuant to the supplemental indenture entered into by the Company and the
trustee during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company made an irrevocable election to settle the principal amounts of the 2024 Notes solely with
cash and may pay or deliver, as the case may be, any conversion value greater than the principal amount in cash, shares of common stock or a combination
thereof, at the Company’s election.
The conversion rate, and thus the effective conversion price, may be adjusted under certain circumstances, including in connection with conversions
made following certain fundamental changes or a notice of redemption and under other circumstances, in each case, as set forth in the 2024 Notes
Indenture.
The 2024 Notes will be convertible at certain times and upon the occurrence of certain events in the future, in each case, specified in the 2024 Notes
Indenture. Further, on or after June 1, 2024, until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders of the
2024 Notes may convert all or a portion of their 2024 Notes regardless of these conditions.
In accordance with the accounting guidance on embedded conversion features, the conversion feature associated with the 2024 Notes was valued
at $24.9 million and bifurcated from the host debt instrument and recorded in “Additional paid-in capital.” The resulting debt discount on the 2024 Notes is
being amortized to interest expense at the effective interest rate over the contractual term of the 2024 Notes.
The following table presents the components of the 2024 Notes:
(in thousands, except for years and percentages)
Liability:
Principal amount
Less: Debt discount, net of amortization
Less: Debt issuance costs, net of amortization
Carrying amount
Remaining amortization period (years)
Effective interest rate on liability component
The following table presents interest expense recognized for the 2024 Notes:
(in thousands)
Contractual interest expense
Amortization of debt discount
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Total interest expense recognized
As of December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
115,500
(14,576)
(1,983)
98,941
$
$
2.7
7.95 %
115,500
(19,294)
(2,624)
93,582
3.7
7.95 %
Year ended December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
2,312 $
4,718
641
7,671 $
2,310
4,358
595
7,263
4.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Notes”)
In December 2015, the Company issued $128.3 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes pursuant to an indenture (the “2020 Notes
Indenture”), dated December 14, 2015, by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The 2020 Notes bear interest at a rate
of 4.00% per year, payable in cash on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The 2020 Notes matured on December 1, 2020.
68
Table of Contents
The 2020 Notes were convertible into cash, shares of the Common Stock, or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election, at a conversion rate of
173.9978 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2020 Notes (which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $5.75 per
share). The conversion rate, and thus the effective conversion price, was adjustable under certain circumstances, including in connection with conversions
made following certain fundamental changes and under other circumstances, in each case, as set forth in the 2020 Notes Indenture.
In September 2019, the Company used approximately $109.6 million of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2024 Notes to repurchase $82.5
million aggregate principal of the 2020 Notes in privately negotiated transactions. The repurchase of the 2020 Notes was accounted for as a debt
extinguishment, and the consideration transferred was allocated between the equity and liability components by determining the fair value of the
conversion option immediately prior to the debt extinguishment and allocating that portion of the repurchase price to additional paid-in capital for $27.1
million, with the residual repurchase price allocated to the liability component, respectively. The partial repurchase of the 2020 Notes resulted in the
recognition of a $5.7 million loss on debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 2019, which was recorded in “Loss on convertible debt
extinguishment” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
In accordance with accounting guidance on embedded conversion features, the conversion feature associated with the 2020 Notes was initially valued
at $26.1 million and bifurcated from the host debt instrument and recorded in “Additional paid-in capital.” The resulting debt discount on the 2020 Notes
had been amortized to interest expense at the effective interest rate over the contractual terms of the 2020 Notes prior to the maturity date in December
2020.
The 2020 Notes became convertible as of December 31, 2019, as the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading
days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter was greater than or equal to
130% of the conversion price of the 2020 Notes on each applicable trading day. As a result of the 2020 Notes becoming convertible for cash up to the
principal amount of $45.8 million, the Company reclassified the unamortized debt discount for the 2020 Notes in the amount of $2.4 million from
“Additional paid-in-capital” to convertible debt in the mezzanine equity section in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019. During the
year ended December 31, 2020, this conversion condition was not present, and accordingly, the Company reclassified this balance from convertible debt in
the mezzanine equity section to “Additional paid-in-capital.”
In June 2020, the Company exchanged $37.7 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes for $37.7 million in aggregate principal amount
of its 2022 Notes. The fair value of the consideration transferred in the form of the 2022 Notes of $44.4 million was allocated between the equity and
liability components as discussed in the 2022 Notes section above. The exchange of the 2020 Notes was accounted for as a debt extinguishment, which
resulted in the recognition of a $0.8 million loss on debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was recorded in “Loss on
convertible debt extinguishment” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Following the exchange, there was a total of $8.1 million aggregate
principal amount of the 2020 Notes remaining.
On or after September 1, 2020, until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders of the 2020
Notes were able to convert all or a portion of their 2020 Notes regardless of any conditions.
Prior to maturity date, a total of $7.8 million of the principal balance was converted by holders of the 2020 Notes. In accordance with provisions of the
2020 Notes Indenture, conversion was settled in a combination of cash and the Company’s Common Stock. The conversion resulted in the recognition of a
$0.5 million loss, which was recorded in “Loss on convertible debt extinguishment” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The remaining principal
of $0.3 million matured on December 1, 2020 and was paid in cash.
The following table presents interest expense recognized for the 2020 Notes:
(in thousands)
Contractual interest expense
Amortization of debt discount
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Total interest expense recognized
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
— $
—
—
— $
936 $
1,158
138
2,232 $
4,148
4,787
577
9,512
69
Table of Contents
Other Debts
The Company has a variety of debt and credit facilities primarily in France to satisfy the financing requirements of the operations of its French
subsidiary. These arrangements are summarized in the table below:
(in thousands)
Financing from French government agencies related to various government incentive programs
Relief loans
Term loans
Obligations under finance leases
(2)
(1)
Total debt obligations
Less: current portion
Long-term portion
December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
12,259 $
5,651
71
—
17,981
(4,992)
12,989 $
(1) These loans bear variable interest rate at EURIBOR 1 month plus 1.9% and mature between 2022 through 2025.
(2) Refer to the below section “Relief Loans” for the description of these loans.
The table below presents the future minimum repayments of other debts as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
Year ending December 31,
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Total
Line of Credit
$
$
14,974
6,694
167
22
21,857
(11,771)
10,086
4,992
4,957
5,036
1,577
1,419
17,981
On December 19, 2019, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender. The
Credit Agreement provides for a secured revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $25.0 million, based on a borrowing base of
eligible accounts receivable and inventory, with a maturity date of October 31, 2020. The Company may use availability under the revolving loan facility
for the issuance of letters of credit. The proceeds of the revolving loans may be used for general corporate purposes.
During fiscal 2020, the Company amended the Credit Agreement to extend the Credit Agreement maturity date to October 30, 2022 and amend the
interest rates for the revolving loans. As amended, the revolving loans bear interest, at the Company’s election, at a floating rate per annum equal to either
(1) 2.00% plus the greater of (i) 1 month LIBOR on any day plus 2.50% and (ii) the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal from time to time or
(2) 3.00% plus LIBOR for an interest period of one, two or three months. Interest on the revolving loans is payable monthly in arrears, in the case of prime
rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period, in the case of LIBOR loans.
The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants limiting the ability of the Company, among other
things, incur debt, grant liens, undergo certain fundamental changes, make investments, make certain restricted payments, dispose of assets, enter into
transactions with affiliates, and enter into burdensome agreements, in each case, subject to limitations and exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement.
The Company is also required to maintain compliance with an adjusted quick ratio, a minimum EBITDA covenant (tested quarterly) and a minimum
liquidity covenant, in each case, determined in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in
compliance with the covenants under the Credit Agreement.
There were no borrowings under the Credit Agreement outstanding as of December 31, 2021.
70
Table of Contents
Relief Loans
In June 2020, Harmonic France was granted a loan from Société Générale S.A. (the “SG Loan”) in the aggregate amount of 5 million Euros, pursuant
to a state guarantee program introduced in March 2020 to provide relief to companies from the financial consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic. The SG
Loan was initially maturing in June 2021. During 2021, SG Loan maturity was extended to June 2026. The SG loan bears an effective interest rate of
0.51% per annum payable annually and may be repaid at any time prior to maturity with no repayment penalties. There are no restrictions on the use of
funds from the SG Loan. The purpose of the funds from the SG Loan is to allow the preservation of activity and employment in France. As of
December 31, 2021, there was $5.7 million outstanding under the loan, which is recorded in “Other debts, non-current” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
In April 2020, Harmonic International GmbH was granted a loan of CHF 500,000 from UBS Switzerland AG (the “UBS Loan”) in accordance with a
Swiss federal COVID-19 loan guarantee program with an initial maturity of five years. The exclusive purpose of the UBS Loan is to guarantee the
Company’s current liability requirements. The UBS Loan did not bear any interest. The UBS Loan was repaid in full during 2021.
NOTE 12: EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Equity Award Plans
1995 Stock Plan
The 1995 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). Incentive stock
options may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees and non-employees. Under the terms of the 1995 Stock Plan, no
incentive stock option or non-statutory stock option may be granted in the ordinary course of business with a per share exercise price that is less than 100%
of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. RSUs have no exercise price. Both options and RSUs vest over a period of time as
determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), generally two to four years, and options expire seven years from the date of grant. Some of
the RSUs granted by the Company have performance-based vesting terms, where vesting is dependent on achievement of certain financial and non-
financial operating goals of the Company (performance-based RSUs, or “PRSUs”), or where vesting is dependent on performance of the Company’s total
shareholder return (“TSR”) relative to the TSR of the NASDAQ Telecommunication Index (market-based RSUs, or “MRSUs”). As of December 31, 2021,
an aggregate of 7,317,622 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 1995 Stock Plan, of which 3,223,471 shares remained available for
future grants.
2002 Director Plan
The 2002 Director Plan provides for the grant of non-statutory stock options and RSUs to non-employee directors of the Company. Under the terms of
the 2002 Director Plan, no non-statutory stock option may be granted with a per share exercise price that is less than 100% of the fair value of the
Company’s common stock on the date of grant. RSUs have no exercise price. Both options and RSUs vest over a period of time as determined by the
Board, generally one year for RSUs and three years for options, and options expire seven years from the date of grant. As of December 31, 2021, an
aggregate of 800,182 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2002 Director Plan, of which 628,749 shares remained available for
future grants.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) provides for the issuance of share purchase rights to employees of the Company. The ESPP is
intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The ESPP enables employees to purchase
shares at 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. Offering periods generally
begin on the first trading day on or after January 1 and July 1 of each year. Employees may participate through payroll deductions of 1% to 10% of their
earnings. In the event that there are insufficient shares in the plan to fully fund the issuance, the available shares will be allocated across all participants
based on their contributions relative to the total contributions received for the offering period. Under the ESPP, 1,024,244, 1,036,543 and 1,037,366 shares
were issued during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, representing $5.1 million, $4.5 million and $4.1 million in contributions. As of December 31,
2021, 1,184,205 shares were reserved for future purchases by eligible employees.
71
Table of Contents
Stock Options
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Balance at December 31, 2020
Exercised
Canceled
Balance at December 31, 2021
Number
of
Shares
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
(per share)
1,453 $
(1,065)
—
388 $
5.80
6.77
—
3.15
All stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2021 are fully vested and exercisable. The weighted-average remaining contractual term of stock
options outstanding as of December 31, 2021 was 1.2 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2021 was $3.3
million. Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair value of the Company’s common
stock as of December 31, 2021. The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $2.1 million,
$0.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively.
No stock options were granted during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
No stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.The fair value of stock options vested during the year ended December
31, 2019 was $0.1 million.
The Company realized no income tax benefit from stock option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 due to recurring tax
losses and valuation allowances.
Restricted Stock Units
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Balance at December 31, 2020
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Balance at December 31, 2021
Number
of
Shares
Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair Value
Per Share
3,268 $
3,621
(2,913)
(98)
3,878 $
5.67
7.90
6.27
6.71
7.31
The fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $18.3 million, $15.5 million and $9.7 million,
respectively.
French Pension Plan
Under French law, the Company’s subsidiaries in France are obligated to make certain payments to their employees upon their retirement from the
Company. These payments are based on the retiring employee’s salary for a number of months that varies according to the employee’s period of service and
position. Salary used in the calculation is the employee’s average monthly salary for the twelve months prior to retirement. The payments are made in one
lump-sum at the time of retirement. The French pension plan is unfunded and there are no contributions to the plan required by related laws or funding
regulations. No required contributions are expected in fiscal 2022, but the Company, at its discretion, may make contributions to the defined benefit plan.
The Company’s defined benefit pension obligations are measured annually as of December 31. The present value of these lump-sum payments is
determined on an actuarial basis and the actuarial valuation considers the employees’ age and period of service with the Company, projected mortality
rates, mobility rates, increases in salaries and a discount rate.
72
Table of Contents
The Company’s pension obligations as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the changes to the Company’s pension obligations for each of those years,
were as follows:
(in thousands)
Projected benefit obligation:
Balance at January 1
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial losses
Benefits paid
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Balance at December 31
Presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as:
Current portion (included in “Accrued and other current liabilities”)
Long-term portion (included in “Other non-current liabilities”)
The table below presents the components of net periodic benefit costs:
(in thousands)
Service cost
Interest cost
Net periodic benefit cost included in result of operations
2021
2020
$
$
$
$
6,057 $
272
20
233
(94)
(485)
6,003 $
32 $
5,971 $
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
272
20
292
$
$
252
37
289
$
$
5,259
252
37
159
(173)
523
6,057
47
6,010
227
78
305
The following assumptions were used in determining the Company’s pension obligation:
Discount rate
Mobility rate
Salary progression rate
As of December 31,
2021
0.9
4.7
2.5
%
%
%
2020
0.4
5.2
2.0
%
%
%
The Company evaluates the discount rate assumption annually. The discount rate is determined using the average yields on high-quality fixed-income
securities that have maturities consistent with the timing of benefit payments.
The Company also evaluates other assumptions related to demographic factors, such as retirement age, mortality rates and turnover periodically,
updating them to reflect experience and expectations for the future. The mortality assumption related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan used
the most current mortality tables published by the French National Institute of Statistics and Economic Studies.
As of December 31, 2021, future benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years, and in the aggregate for the five-year period thereafter are
as follows (in thousands):
Year ending December 31,
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 - 2031
Total
$
$
32
225
248
469
698
3,491
5,163
73
Table of Contents
Share-based Compensation Cost
The following table sets forth the detailed allocation of the share-based compensation expense which was included in the Company’s Consolidated
Statements of Operations:
(in thousands)
Share-based compensation expense included in:
Cost of revenue
Research and development expense
Selling, general and administrative expense
Total
Share-based compensation expense by type of award:
Stock options
RSUs
PRSUs
MRSUs
Employee stock purchase rights under ESPP
Total
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
$
$
2,345
7,164
14,547
24,056
—
14,573
6,231
1,304
1,948
24,056
$
$
$
$
1,712
4,850
11,478
18,040
—
11,522
4,022
711
1,785
18,040
$
$
$
$
1,124
3,261
7,689
12,074
94
9,444
924
286
1,326
12,074
As of December 31, 2021, total unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to unvested RSUs was $18.3 million and is expected to be
recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.5 years.
Valuation Assumptions
The Company estimates the fair value of stock purchase rights under the ESPP using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. The value of the stock
purchase rights under the ESPP consists of: (1) the 15% discount on the purchase of the stock; (2) 85% of the fair value of the call option; and (3) 15% of
the fair value of the put option. The call option and put option were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. At the date of grant, the
Company estimated the fair value of each stock purchase right granted under the ESPP using the following weighted average assumptions:
Expected term (in years)
Volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividends
2021
45
0.1
0.0
0.50
%
%
%
Year ended December 31,
2020
0.50
%
%
%
56
0.9
0.0
2019
38
2.3
0.0
0.50
%
%
%
The expected term of the stock purchase right under ESPP represents the period of time from the beginning of the offering period to the purchase date.
The Company uses its historical volatility for a period equivalent to the expected term to estimate the expected volatility. The risk-free interest rate that the
Company uses in the Black-Scholes option valuation model is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected
term. The Company has not paid and does not plan to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
The estimated weighted-average fair value per share of stock purchase rights under the ESPP, granted for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020
and 2019 was $2.24, $1.80 and $1.33, respectively.
NOTE 13: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (“AOCI”)
The components of AOCI, on an after-tax basis where applicable, were as follows:
(in thousands)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Actuarial gain (loss)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
74
As of December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
(3,120)
(152)
(3,272)
$
$
5,774
82
5,856
Table of Contents
NOTE 14: INCOME TAXES
Income (loss) before income tax:
(in thousands)
Domestic
Foreign
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes:
(in thousands)
Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Deferred:
Foreign
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
(5,688) $
14,559
8,871 $
(42,905) $
16,688
(26,217) $
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
4 $
85
2,469
(6,941)
(4,383) $
124 $
93
2,103
734
3,054 $
1,769
(8,365)
(6,596)
(180)
108
1,525
(2,125)
(672)
$
$
$
$
The difference between the tax provision at the statutory federal income tax rate and the provision for (benefit from) income tax as a percentage of
income (loss) before income taxes (effective tax rate) for each period was as follows:
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate
Increase (reduction) in rate resulting from:
Differential in rates on foreign earnings
Change in valuation allowance
Change in liabilities for uncertain tax positions
Non-deductible stock-based compensation
Permanent differences
Adjustments related to tax positions taken during prior years
Research and development credits
Other
Effective tax rate
2021
21
42
(113)
(2)
11
—
(3)
(10)
3
(49)
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Year ended December 31,
2020
21
(11)
(16)
—
(2)
(2)
—
—
(2)
(12)
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
2019
21
(37)
14
6
(8)
11
6
—
(3)
10
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
The Company operates in multiple jurisdictions and its profits are taxed pursuant to the tax laws of these jurisdictions. The Company’s effective
income tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to geographical mix of income and losses, full valuation allowance against U.S.
federal and state deferred tax assets, foreign withholding taxes and income taxes on earnings from operations in foreign tax jurisdictions. The Company’s
effective income tax rate may be affected by changes in its interpretations of tax laws and tax agreements in any given jurisdiction, utilization of net
operating loss and tax credit carry forwards, changes in geographical mix of income and expense, and changes in management's assessment of matters such
as the ability to realize deferred tax assets, as well as one-time discrete items. During fiscal 2021, the Company recorded a one-time benefit of
approximately $8.6 million due to the release of valuation allowance on deferred tax assets in foreign jurisdictions due to its improved earnings in recent
years and increasing future projected earnings. During fiscal 2019, the Company recorded a one-time benefit of approximately $2.0 million due to changes
in the Company's global tax structure, and a $0.8 million benefit from a valuation allowance release for one of its foreign subsidiaries. This release of the
valuation allowance was due to changes in forecasted taxable income resulting from the Company receiving a favorable tax ruling during 2019.
75
Table of Contents
The components of deferred taxes are as follows:
(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Reserves and accruals
Net operating loss carryforwards
Research and development credit carryforwards
Deferred stock-based compensation
Intangibles
Operating lease liabilities
Capitalized research and development expenses
Other
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Gross deferred tax assets after valuation allowance
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation
Convertible notes
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Other
Gross deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets
As of December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
24,833
33,070
39,730
1,354
7,321
8,697
9,681
31
124,717
(90,247)
34,470
(6,597)
(3,652)
(7,402)
—
(17,651)
16,819
$
$
$
$
21,823
39,733
38,179
1,202
7,838
7,822
10,805
442
127,844
(99,585)
28,259
(6,399)
(4,708)
(6,529)
—
(17,636)
10,623
2019
77,144
23,929
(5,555)
95,518
The following table summarizes the activities related to the Company’s valuation allowance:
(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
Additions
Deductions
Balance at end of period
2021
99,585
310
(9,648)
90,247
$
$
Year ended December 31,
2020
$
$
95,518
6,690
(2,623)
99,585
Management regularly assesses the ability to realize deferred tax assets recorded based upon the weight of available evidence, including such factors as
recent earnings history and expected future taxable income on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. In the event that the Company changes its determination
as to the amount of realizable deferred tax assets, the Company will adjust its valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to the provision for income
taxes in the period in which such determination is made.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $103.6 million, $61.8 million, $61.1 million of foreign, U.S. federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”)
carryforwards, respectively. Certain foreign NOLs expire beginning in 2026, if not utilized, while the majority of the foreign NOLs carryforward
indefinitely. $28.9 million of U.S. federal NOL carryforward expires at various dates beginning in 2022 through 2037, if not utilized, and the remainder
carries forward indefinitely. Certain U.S. states NOL carryforward expires at various dates beginning in 2029, if not utilized.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had U.S. federal and California state tax credit carryforwards of $15.5 million and $37.3 million, respectively.
If not utilized, the U.S. federal tax credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2031, while the California tax credit carryforward will not expire.
In the event the Company experiences an ownership change within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”), the Company’s
ability to utilize net operating losses, tax credits and other tax attributes may be limited.
The Company has not provided U.S. state income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on approximately $42.0 million of cumulative earnings for
certain non-U.S. subsidiaries, because such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax
liability for temporary differences related to investments in these non-U.S. subsidiaries that are essentially permanently in duration is not practicable.
76
Table of Contents
The Company applies the provisions of the applicable accounting guidance regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which require
application of a more-likely-than-not threshold to the recognition and derecognition of uncertain tax positions. If the recognition threshold is met, the
applicable accounting guidance permits the recognition of a tax benefit measured at the largest amount of such tax benefit that, in the Company’s judgment,
is more than fifty percent likely to be realized upon settlement. It further requires that a change in judgment related to the expected ultimate resolution of
uncertain tax positions to be recognized in earnings in the period in which such determination is made. The Company will continue to review its tax
positions and provide for, or reverse, unrecognized tax benefits as issues arise. As of December 31, 2021, none of unrecognized future tax benefits would
favorably impact the effective tax rate in the future due to a full valuation allowance in the United States. The following table summarizes the activities
related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits:
(in millions)
Balance at beginning of period
Increase in balance related to tax positions taken during current year
Decrease in balance as a result of a lapse of the applicable statutes of limitations
Increase in balance related to tax positions taken during prior years
Decrease in balance related to tax positions taken during prior years
Balance at end of period
Year ended December 31,
2020
2021
2019
$
$
17.6 $
0.3
(0.2)
—
(3.9)
13.8 $
17.0 $
0.3
—
0.3
—
17.6 $
18.0
0.2
(0.1)
—
(1.1)
17.0
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions in income tax expenses on the Consolidated Statements of
Operations. The net interest and penalties charges recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019 through 2021, were not material.
The 2015 through 2021 tax years generally remain subject to examination by U.S. federal and most state tax authorities. In addition, the Company
remains subject to income tax examination for several other jurisdictions, including in Switzerland for years after 2016, Israel for years after 2019, and
France for years after 2016.
NOTE 15: WARRANTS
On September 26, 2016, the Company granted a warrant to purchase shares of common stock (the “Warrant”) to Comcast pursuant to which Comcast
may, subject to certain vesting provisions, purchase up to 7,816,162 shares of the Company’s common stock subject to adjustment in accordance with the
terms of the Warrant, for a per share exercise price of $4.76.
Prior to the third quarter of fiscal 2019, Comcast had vested in 1,954,042 Warrant shares as a result of the achievement of certain milestones. On July 8
2019, in connection with the election by Comcast of enterprise licensing pricing for the Company’s CableOS software, the Company deemed that all of the
remaining milestones and thresholds required to fulfill each of the vesting requirements of the Warrant were satisfied and achieved or otherwise waived
such that all Warrant shares were fully vested and exercisable as of July 1, 2019. The remaining terms of the Warrant have not been modified or amended.
The total fair value of the fully vested Warrants as of July 1, 2019 was $20.0 million, which includes $3.9 million in fair value for the Warrant shares which
were vested prior to July 2019.
The fair value of the Warrant that vested in connection with the CableOS software license agreement was estimated to be $16.1 million on July 8,
2019, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions utilized in the Black-Scholes model included the risk-free interest rate, expected
volatility, and expected life in years. The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve rates with maturity terms similar to the expected
life of the Warrant, which was determined to be 1.9%. Expected volatility was determined utilizing historical volatility over a period of time equal to the
expected life of the Warrant, which was determined to be 48.6%. Expected life was equal to the remaining contractual term of the Warrant, which was
determined to be 4.2 years. The dividend yield was assumed to be zero since the Company had not historically declared dividends and did not have any
plans to declare dividends in the future.
The fair value of the Warrant was recorded as a component of “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Other non-current assets” with a
corresponding offset to “Additional paid-in capital” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. This asset is being amortized as a reduction to the
Company’s revenue, based on the recognition pattern of the related transaction price.
During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded $1.7 million, $1.7 million and $13.6 million, respectively, as a
reduction to net revenues in connection with amortization of the Warrant.
On December 17, 2019, Comcast exercised the Warrant in its entirety, resulting in a net issuance of 3,217,547 shares.
77
Table of Contents
NOTE 16: EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for the applicable period by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive shares, consisting of outstanding stock options, RSUs,
ESPP awards, warrants, and the Company’s Notes, are included in calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share when their effect is dilutive.
The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Numerator:
Net income (loss)
Denominator:
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
Basic
2020 Notes
2024 Notes
Stock options
Restricted stock units
Stock purchase rights under ESPP
Diluted
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted
Year ended December 31,
2021
2020
2019
$
13,254 $
(29,271) $
(5,924)
101,484
2,175
653
292
1,525
42
106,171
96,971
—
—
—
—
—
96,971
$
$
0.13 $
0.12 $
(0.30) $
(0.30) $
89,575
—
—
—
—
—
89,575
(0.07)
(0.07)
The following table presents the potentially dilutive shares that were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share, because
their effect was anti-dilutive:
(in thousands)
2020 Notes
2022 Notes
Stock options
Restricted stock units
Stock purchase rights under the ESPP
Warrants
Total
(1)
Year ended December 31,
2020
2021
2019
—
—
8
27
390
—
425
312
192
1,603
3,041
531
—
5,679
1,322
n/a
2,568
2,955
478
4,321
11,644
(1) Refer to Note 15, “Warrants,” for additional information.
The Company applies the treasury stock method to determine the potential dilutive effect of its convertible debt on earnings per share. The 2020 Notes,
2022 Notes, and 2024 Notes are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share under the treasury stock method for the periods when their
respective conversion prices exceeded the average market price for the Company's common stock. Under the if-converted method, the 2022 Notes and the
2024 Notes have potential dilutive effect of 6.6 million shares and 13.3 million shares, respectively.
78
Table of Contents
NOTE 17: SEGMENT INFORMATION, GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION AND CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION
Segment Information
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities for which separate financial information is available
and evaluated by the Company’s CODM, which for the Company is its Chief Executive Officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess
performance. Based on the internal reporting structure, the Company consists of two operating segments: Video and Cable Access. The operating segments
were determined based on the nature of the products offered. The Video segment provides video processing and production and playout solutions and
services worldwide to broadcast and media companies, streaming new media companies, cable operators, and satellite and telco Pay-TV service providers.
The Cable Access segment provides CableOS cable access solutions and related services to cable operators globally. A measure of assets by segment is not
applicable as segment assets are not included in the discrete financial information provided to the CODM.
The following table provides summary financial information by reportable segment:
(in thousands)
Video
Revenue
Gross profit
Operating income
Cable Access
Revenue
Gross profit
Operating income
Total
Revenue
Gross profit
Operating income
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
$
$
$
288,507 $
169,468
28,460
218,642 $
93,191
15,599
507,149 $
262,659 $
44,059 $
242,510 $
132,092
1,326
136,321 $
66,661
11,651
378,831 $
198,753 $
12,977 $
278,028
162,156
15,837
124,846
68,548
22,171
402,874
230,704
38,008
A reconciliation of the Company’s total segment operating income to income (loss) before income taxes in as follows:
(1)
(in thousands)
Total segment operating income
Unallocated corporate expenses
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of intangibles
Income (loss) from operations
Loss on convertible debt extinguishment
Non-operating expense, net
Income (loss) before income taxes
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
44,059
(681)
(24,062)
(507)
18,809
—
(9,938)
8,871
$
$
12,977
(3,416)
(18,040)
(3,970)
(12,449)
(1,362)
(12,406)
(26,217)
$
$
38,008
(4,532)
(12,074)
(8,319)
13,083
(5,695)
(13,984)
(6,596)
(1) Together with amortization of intangibles and stock-based compensation, the Company does not allocate restructuring and related charges and
certain other non-recurring charges to the operating income for each segment because management does not include this information in the measurement of
the performance of the operating segments.
Geographic Information
(1)
:
Net revenue
(in thousands)
United States
Other countries
Total
(1) Revenue is attributed to countries based on the location of the customer.
79
2021
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
282,912 $
224,237
507,149 $
191,854 $
186,977
378,831 $
202,272
200,602
402,874
Table of Contents
Other than the United States, no single country accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021,
2020 and 2019.
Property and equipment, net:
(in thousands)
United States
Israel
France
Other countries
Total
Customer Concentration
As of December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
29,740 $
8,715
3,656
610
42,721 $
31,017
8,803
2,461
860
43,141
One customer, Comcast, accounted for 26%, 20% and 23% of the Company’s total net revenues during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and
2019, respectively.
NOTE 18: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Bank Guarantees and Standby Letters of Credit
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has outstanding bank guarantees and standby letters of credit in aggregate of $2.4 million and $3.3
million, respectively, consisting of building leases and performance bonds issued to customers.
During 2017, one of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a $2.0 million credit facility with a foreign bank for the purpose of issuing performance
guarantees. The credit facility is secured by a $2.3 million guarantee issued by the Company. There were no amounts outstanding under this credit facility
as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Indemnification
The Company is obligated to indemnify its officers and its directors pursuant to its bylaws and contractual indemnity agreements. The Company also
indemnifies some of its suppliers and most of its customers for specified intellectual property matters pursuant to certain contractual arrangements, subject
to certain limitations. The scope of these indemnities varies, but, in some instances, includes indemnification for damages and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys’ fees). There have been no amounts accrued in respect of the indemnification provisions through December 31, 2021.
Purchase Commitments
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $144.9 million of commitments to purchase goods and services.
NOTE 19: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, the Company is involved in lawsuits as well as subject to various legal proceedings, claims, threats of litigation, and investigations
in the ordinary course of business, including claims of alleged infringement of third-party patents and other intellectual property rights, commercial,
employment, and other matters. The Company assesses potential liabilities in connection with each lawsuit and threatened lawsuits and accrues an
estimated loss for these loss contingencies if both of the following conditions are met: information available prior to issuance of the financial statements
indicates that it is probable that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.
While certain matters to which the Company is a party specify the damages claimed, such claims may not represent reasonably probable losses. Given the
inherent uncertainties of litigation, the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be predicted at this time, nor can the amount of possible loss or range of
loss, if any, be reasonably estimated.
NOTE 20: SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On February 3, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $100 million of the Company’s outstanding shares of
common stock through February 2025. The Company is authorized to repurchase, from time-to-time, shares of its outstanding common stock through open
market purchases and 10b5-1 trading plans, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations, at such time and such prices as management may decide.
The program does not obligate the Company to repurchase any specific number of shares and may be discontinued at any time.
80
Table of Contents
Item 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
Item 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act, that are designed to ensure that
information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within
the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our
disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing disclosure
controls and procedures, our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure
controls and procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future
events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.
Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under
the Exchange Act). Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the
criteria set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Based on the Company’s assessment, management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Armanino LLP, has audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting, as stated in their report which appears in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during our fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021, which were identified in
connection with management’s evaluation required by paragraph (d) of rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, that have materially affected, or
are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
None.
Item 9C.
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Instruction G to Exchange Act Form 10-K, and
the Registrant will file its definitive Proxy Statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the “2022 Proxy Statement”), not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-
K, and certain information included in the 2022 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
PART III
81
Table of Contents
Item 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this item will be set forth in the 2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Harmonic has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) that applies to all employees, including Harmonic’s Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller. The Code is available on the Company’s website at www.harmonicinc.com.
Harmonic intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this Code of
Ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address specified above, and, to the extent required by the listing standards of The NASDAQ
Global Select Market, by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing such information.
Item 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item will be set forth in the 2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS
Information related to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and security ownership of management and related stockholder matters will be
set forth in the 2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item will be set forth in the 2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item will be set forth in the 2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
PART IV
1. Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 on page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
2. Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement schedules have been omitted because the information is not required to be set forth herein, is
not applicable or is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
3. Exhibits. The documents listed in the Exhibit Index of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, in each case as indicated therein.
Exhibit
Number
3.1 (i)
3.2
4.1 (ii)
4.2 (iii)
4.3 (iv)
Description
Certificate of Incorporation of Harmonic Inc., as amended
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Harmonic Inc.
Form of Common Stock Certificate
Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A Participating Preferred Stock of Harmonic Inc.
Indenture, dated September 13, 2019, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association
82
Table of Contents
4.4
4.5 (iv)
4.6 (v)
4.7 (vi)
4.8
4.9 (vi)
10.1 (iii)*
10.2 (vii)*
10.3
(viii)*
10.4
(viii)*
10.5 (ix)*
10.6 (ix)*
10.7 (x)*
10.8 (xi)
10.9 (xi)
10.10 (xi)
10.11 (x)
10.12 (xii)
10.13 (vi)
10.14
10.15
10.16
(xiii)
(xiv)
(xiv)
10.17 (xv)
16.1 (xvi)
21.1
23.1
23.2
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2
Supplemental Indenture, dated November 15, 2021 by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association
Form of 2.00% Convertible Senior Note due 2024 (included in Exhibit 4.1)
Description of Common Stock
Indenture, dated June 2, 2020, by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association
Supplemental Indenture, dated November 25, 2021 by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association
Form of 4.375% Convertible Senior Note due 2022 (included in Exhibit 4.1)
Form of Indemnification Agreement
1995 Stock Plan, as amended and restated on June 10, 2020
2002 Director Stock Plan, as amended and restated on June 8, 2021
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated on June 8, 2021
Amended and Restated Change of Control Severance Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and Patrick Harshman, effective
March 20, 2018
Form of Control Severance Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and each of Sanjay Kalra, Nimrod Ben-Natan, Ian Graham
and Neven Haltmayer
Harmonic Inc. 2002 Director Stock Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
Professional Service Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and Plexus Services Corp., dated September 22, 2003
Amendment, dated January 6, 2006, to the Professional Services Agreement for Manufacturing between Harmonic Inc. and
Plexus Services Corp., dated September 22, 2003
Addendum 1, dated November 26, 2007, to the Professional Services Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and Plexus
Services Corp., dated September 22, 2003
Harmonic Inc. 1995 Stock Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2019, by and among Harmonic Inc. and Harmonic International GmbH, as co-
borrowers, certain subsidiaries of Harmonic Inc. from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
as lender.
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2020, by and among Harmonic Inc., Harmonic International
GmbH and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2020, by and among Harmonic Inc, Harmonic
International GmbH and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2020, by and among Harmonic Inc., Harmonic
International GmbH and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Draft Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2020, by and between Harmonic Inc. and Commerzbank AG,
Luxembourg Branch
Cooperation Agreement, dated as of April 9, 2021, by and between Harmonic Inc. And Scopia Capital Management LP.
Letter dated March 4, 2021 from Armanino LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding a change in
certifying accountant.
Subsidiaries of Harmonic Inc.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consent of Armanino LLP - Independent Registered Accounting Firm
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
83
Table of Contents
101
The following materials from Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, formatted
in Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) includes: Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and
December 31, 2020; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, December
31, 2020 and December 31, 2019; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2021,
December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021,
December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2018; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
* Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement relating to executive officers or directors of the Company.
† Registrant has omitted portions of this exhibit and filed such exhibit separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a grant of
confidential treatment under Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act.
(i)
(ii)
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 33-90752.
(iii)
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 25, 2002.
(iv)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 16, 2019.
(v)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020.
(vi)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2020.
(vii) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, dated August 11, 2020.
(viii) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, dated August 20, 2021.
(ix)
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 26, 2018.
(x)
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.
(xi)
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
(xii) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 26, 2019.
(xiii) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Periodic Report on Form 10-Q, dated November 2, 2020.
(xiv) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 17, 2020.
(xv) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 12, 2021.
(xvi) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2021.
Item 16.
FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
84
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant, Harmonic Inc., a Delaware corporation,
has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of
California, on February 28, 2022.
SIGNATURES
HARMONIC INC.
By:
/s/ PATRICK J. HARSHMAN
Patrick J. Harshman
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons on
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ PATRICK J. HARSHMAN
(Patrick J. Harshman)
/s/ SANJAY KALRA
(Sanjay Kalra)
/s/ PATRICK GALLAGHER
(Patrick Gallagher)
/s/ SUSAN G. SWENSON
(Susan G. Swenson )
/s/ MITZI REAUGH
(Mitzi Reaugh)
/s/ NIKOS THEODOSOPOULOS
(Nikos Theodosopoulos)
/s/ DAVID KRALL
(David Krall)
/s/ DEBORAH L. CLIFFORD
(Deborah L. Clifford)
/s/ DAN WHALEN
(Dan Whalen)
President & Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
February 28, 2022
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
February 28, 2022
Chairperson
February 28, 2022
February 28, 2022
February 28, 2022
February 28, 2022
February 28, 2022
February 28, 2022
February 28, 2022
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
85
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
HARMONIC INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE
1.2 OTHER OFFICES
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING
2.3 SPECIAL MEETING
2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
2.5 ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES AND
STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS
2.6 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE
2.7 QUORUM
2.8 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE
2.9 VOTING
2.10 VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT
2.11 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A
MEETING
2.12 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING
2.13 PROXIES
2.14 ORGANIZATION
2.15 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE
2.16 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION
ARTICLE III DIRECTORS
3.1 POWERS
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
3.3 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES
3.5 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
3 6 PLACE OF MEETINGS MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
10
10
10
11
11
3.6 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
3.7 FIRST MEETINGS
3.8 REGULAR MEETINGS
3.9 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE
3.10 QUORUM
3.11 WAIVER OF NOTICE
3.12 ADJOURNMENT
11
11
12
12
12
12
13
3.13 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT
3.14 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A
MEETING
3.15 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
3.16 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS
3.17 SOLE DIRECTOR PROVIDED BY CERTIFICATE OF
INCORPORATION
ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES
4.3 COMMITTEE MINUTES
ARTICLE V OFFICERS
5.1 OFFICERS
5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
5.7 PRESIDENT
5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS
5.9 SECRETARY
5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
5.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARY
5.12 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
5.13 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS
ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES
AND OTHER AGENTS
6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS
6.3 INSURANCE
ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
19
19
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS
7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS
7.3 ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS
7.4 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS
7.5 CERTIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS
ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS
8.1 RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND
VOTING
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
8.2 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS
8.3 CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS: HOW
EXECUTED
8.4 STOCK CERTIFICATES; TRANSFER; PARTLY PAID SHARES
8.5 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES
8.6 LOST CERTIFICATES
8.7 TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS
8.8 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS
ARTICLE X DISSOLUTION
ARTICLE XI CUSTODIAN
11.1 APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES
11.2 DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
20
21
21
22
22
22
22
23
23
24
24
24
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
HARMONIC INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
ARTICLE I
CORPORATE OFFICES
1.1
REGISTERED OFFICE
The registered office of the corporation shall be fixed in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation.
1.2
OTHER OFFICES
The board of directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places where the
corporation is qualified to do business.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1
PLACE OF MEETINGS
Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the board of
directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the
corporation.
2.2
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. In
the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the first Tuesday in May in each year at 9:00
a.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next
succeeding full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be elected, and any other proper business may be transacted.
-1-
2.3
SPECIAL MEETING
A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of
directors, or by the president, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons except as otherwise
required by General Corporation Law of Delaware or Section 3.4 herein. Only such business shall be considered at a special
meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.
2.4
NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws
not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date and
hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called (no business
other than that specified in the notice may be transacted) or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the board
of directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the stockholders (but any proper matter may be
presented at the meeting for such action). The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the name of
any nominee or nominees who, at the time of the notice, the board intends to present for election. Any previously scheduled
meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and (unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides) any special
meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled, by resolution of the board of directors upon public notice given prior to the date
previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.
2.5
ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES AND STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS
(a)
To be properly brought before an annual meeting or special meeting, nominations for the election of
directors or other business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction
of the board of directors, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or
(iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (x) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of
notice required by this Section 2.5 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and
(y) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.5. In addition, for business to
be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action
pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except as otherwise required by General Corporation Law of Delaware or
Section 3.4 herein, stockholders may not bring business before a special meeting of stockholders.
(b)
For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have
given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must
be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than sixty (60) calendar days nor earlier
than ninety (90) calendar days before the one-year anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders;
provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the preceding year or the date of the annual meeting has
been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting , then notice by the stockholder
to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the later of (i) ninety (90) calendar
-2-
days prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) ten (10) calendar days following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined
below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting
or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this
Section 2.5. “Public Announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service,
Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor
thereto (the “1934 Act”). To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the
stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the
annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on
the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below),
(3) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any
Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder
Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered
into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation,
and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or
lending of shares), the effect of which is to mitigate loss to, or manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or
increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of
the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business and (6) a
statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of
proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal
(such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6) constitute a “Business Solicitation
Statement”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be supplemented not later than
ten (10) calendar days following the record date to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the
record date (the “Supplement”). For purposes of this Section 2.5, a “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall
mean (x) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (y) any beneficial owner of
shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or
nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (z) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such
person referred to in the preceding clauses (x) and (y). Without exception, no business proposed by a stockholder shall be
conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.5. In addition, business
proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder
Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement or if the
Business Solicitation Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the
-3-
annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the
meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5, and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so
declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
(c)
Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.5(c) shall be
eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation may be made at
an annual meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the board of directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled
to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who timely complies with the notice procedures set forth in this paragraph
2.5(c). To be timely, such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of directors, shall be made
pursuant to the notice provisions of Section 2.5(b), and shall be in proper written form as set forth in this Section 2.5(c).
Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation may be made at a special meeting of stockholders
by a stockholder (if the business to be conducted at such meeting, as specified in the notice described in Section 2.4(i), includes
the election of directors) if the notice required by this Section 2.5(c) shall be delivered to the Secretary of the corporation not
later than the close of business on the later of ninety (90) calendar days prior to such special meeting or ten (10) calendar days
following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined above) is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the
nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice
delivered pursuant to this Section 2.5(c) shall set forth (i) as to each person (a “nominee”) whom the stockholder proposes to
nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee,
(B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are held
of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee,
(D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on
behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or
understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate
loss to, or manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee with
respect to any securities of the corporation, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and
each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be
made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the
nominee will owe fiduciary duties under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other
information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for
the election of the nominee as a director, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act
(including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to
serving as a director if elected); and (ii) as to such stockholder giving notice, (x) the information required to be provided in a
stockholder’s notice pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.5(b) and the Supplement referenced in Section 2.5(b) (except
that the references to “business” in such Section 2.5(b) shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this
Section 2.5(c)), and (y) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy
statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or
Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as
required by preceding clauses (i) and (ii) above constitute a “Nominee Solicitation Statement”). At the request of the board of
directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the corporation
-4-
(1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s Nominee Solicitation Statement as of a date subsequent to the
date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by
the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as independent director of the corporation or that
could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the
absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form
pursuant to this Section 2.5(c). Without exception, no person nominated by a stockholder shall be eligible for election or re-
election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.5(c). In
addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as
applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement or if the Nominee Solicitation
Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading. The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts warrants, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination
was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or
she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
(d)
In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.5, a stockholder must also comply with all
applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set
forth in this Section 2.5, including with respect to business such stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting that
involves a proposal or nomination that such stockholder requests to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement, the
requirements of Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Nothing in this Section 2.5 shall be deemed to affect
any right of the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor
provision) under the 1934 Act.
2.6 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE
Written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given either personally or by first-class mail or by telegraphic or
other written communication. Notices not personally delivered shall be sent charges prepaid and shall be addressed to the
stockholder at the address of that stockholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the stockholder to the
corporation for the purpose of notice. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or
deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written communication. If any notice addressed to a stockholder at the
address of that stockholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal
Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the stockholder at that address,
then all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if the same shall be available to
the stockholder on written demand of the stockholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one (1)
year from the date of the giving of the notice.
An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any stockholders’ meeting, executed by the secretary,
assistant secretary or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such
notice.
-5-
2.7
QUORUM
The holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in
person or represented by proxy at the meeting, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of
business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or
represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairman of the meeting or (ii) the holders of a majority of the
shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to
adjourn the meeting in accordance with Section 2.8 of these bylaws.
When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present
in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which,
by express provision of the laws of the State of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a different vote is
required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of the question.
If a quorum be initially present, the stockholders may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the
withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken is approved by a majority of the stockholders
initially constituting the quorum.
2.8
ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE
Any stockholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by
(i) the chairman of the meeting or (ii) the stockholders by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented at that
meeting and entitled to vote thereat, either in person or by proxy. In the absence of a quorum, no other business may be transacted
at that meeting except as provided in Section 2.7 of these bylaws.
When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given
of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. In no
event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a stockholders meeting commence a new time period for the giving of
a stockholder’s notice as described in Section 2.5(b) or 2.5(c) herein. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any
business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after
the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
2.9
VOTING
The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of
Section 2.12 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware
(relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners, and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).
Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled
to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. Any stockholder entitled to vote on any matter may vote part
of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or, except when the matter is the election of
directors,
-6-
may vote them against the proposal; but, if the stockholder fails to specify the number of shares which the stockholder is voting
affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the stockholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares which the
stockholder is entitled to vote.
2.10 VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT
The transactions of any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed, and wherever held,
shall be as valid as though they had been taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either
in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each person entitled to vote, who was not present in person or by
proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The
waiver of notice or consent or approval need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any annual or
special meeting of stockholders. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a
part of the minutes of the meeting.
Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at that meeting, except when
the person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened. Attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by law to be
included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if that objection is expressly made at the meeting.
2.11
STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a
meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be
signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Such consents shall
be delivered to the corporation by delivery to it registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an
officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.
Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
2.12 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING
For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote thereat or entitled to give
consent to corporate action without a meeting, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede
the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which shall not be more than
sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting, and in such event only stockholders of record on
the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation
after the record date.
If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:
(a)
the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders
shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the
close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and
-7-
(b)
the record date for determining stockholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without
a meeting, (i) when no prior action by the board is required, shall be the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the
corporation as provided in Section 2.3(b) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (ii) when prior action by the board is
required, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the resolution relating to that action.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any
adjournment of the meeting unless the board of directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, but the board of
directors shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original
meeting.
The record date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.
2.13
PROXIES
Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter, shall have the right to do so either in person or by one
or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such
proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall
be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic
transmission, telefacsimile or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that
states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.
2.14 ORGANIZATION
The president, or in the absence of the president, the chairman of the board, shall call the meeting of the stockholders to
order, and shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the president, the chairman of the board, and all of the vice
presidents, the stockholders shall appoint a chairman for such meeting. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall
determine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such matters as the regulation of the manner of
voting and the conduct of business. The secretary of the corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the stockholders, but
in the absence of the secretary at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as
secretary of the meeting.
2.15
LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE
The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before
every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order,
and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall
be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a
period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place
shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall
also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any
stockholder who is present.
-8-
2.16
INSPECTORS OF ELECTION
Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors may appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the
meeting or its adjournment. If no inspector of election is so appointed, then the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request
of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting. The number
of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If inspectors are appointed at a meeting pursuant to the request of one (1) or
more stockholders or proxies, then the holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present at the meeting shall determine
whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses
to act, then the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a
person to fill that vacancy.
Such inspectors shall:
(a)
determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares
represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
receive votes, ballots or consents;
hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;
count and tabulate all votes or consents;
determine when the polls shall close;
determine the result; and
do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
3.1
POWERS
Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and to any limitations in the certificate of
incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the
business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.
In addition to the powers and authorities these bylaws expressly confer upon them, the board of directors may exercise all such
powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the General Corporation Law of Delaware or by the
certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
-9-
3.2
NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
The board of directors shall consist of eight (8) members. The number of directors may be changed by an amendment to
this bylaw, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the stockholders, or by a duly adopted amendment to the certificate of
incorporation. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that
director’s term of office expires. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be
elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in
these Bylaws.
3.3
ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to
hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director, including a director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy, shall hold
office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor has been elected and qualified or until
such director’s earlier resignation or removal.
3.4
RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES
Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary or the
board of directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director
is effective at a future time, the board of directors may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.
Vacancies in the board of directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or
by a sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote of the stockholders or by court
order may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which
a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required quorum). Each director so
elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.
Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:
(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors
elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in
office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.
(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more
directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes
or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole
remaining director so elected.
Any directors chosen pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of
stockholders and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
-10-
If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any
officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like
responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the
provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily
ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a
majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon
application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time
outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly
created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be
governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.
3.5
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire
board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an
election of directors; provided, however, that, if and so long as stockholders of the corporation are entitled to cumulative voting,
if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal
would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors.
3.6
PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been
designated from time to time by resolution of the board. In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at
the principal executive office of the corporation. Special meetings of the board may be held at any place within or outside the
State of Delaware that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the
principal executive office of the corporation.
Any meeting of the board, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment,
so long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another; and all such participating directors shall be deemed to
be present in person at the meeting.
3.7
FIRST MEETINGS
The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the
vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first
meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the
stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for
special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.
-11-
3.8
REGULAR MEETINGS
Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time as shall from time to time be
determined by the board of directors. If any regular meeting day shall fall on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the
same time and place on the next succeeding full business day.
3.9
SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE
Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the
board of directors, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two directors.
The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix the time and place of the
meetings. Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent
by first-class mail, courier service or telegram, telecopy or other electronic or wireless means, charges prepaid, addressed to each
director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is by mail, such notice shall be
deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is by courier
service, telegram, overnight mail, telecopy or other electronic or wireless means, such notice shall be deemed adequately
delivered when the notice is transmitted at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time set for such meeting. If the notice is by
telephone or by hand delivery, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is given at least twenty-four
(24) hours prior to the time set for such meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either
to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly
communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at
the principal executive office of the corporation.
3.10 QUORUM
A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to
adjourn as provided in Section 3.12 of these bylaws. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at
a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the board of directors, subject to the provisions of
the certificate of incorporation and applicable law.
A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of
directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the quorum for that meeting.
3.11 WAIVER OF NOTICE
Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director (i) who signs a waiver of notice, whether before or after the
meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such
directors. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of
notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board of directors.
-12-
3.12 ADJOURNMENT
A majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting of the board to
another time and place.
3.13 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT
Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting of the board need not be given unless the meeting is
adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, then notice of
the time and place of the adjourned meeting shall be given before the adjourned meeting takes place, in the manner specified in
Section 3.9 of these bylaws, to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.
3.14 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, provided that all
members of the board individually or collectively consent in writing to that action. Such action by written consent shall have the
same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the board of directors. Such written consent and any counterparts thereof shall be
filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board of directors.
3.15
FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement
of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the board of directors. This Section 3.15 shall not be construed to
preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving
compensation for those services.
3.16 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS
The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of
the corporation or any of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or any of its
subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit
the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such
manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.
Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation
at common law or under any statute.
3.17
SOLE DIRECTOR PROVIDED BY CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
In the event only one director is required by these bylaws or the certificate of incorporation, then any reference herein to
notices, waivers, consents, meetings or other actions by a majority or quorum of the directors shall be deemed to refer to such
notice, waiver, etc., by such sole director, who shall have all the rights and duties and shall be entitled to exercise all of the
powers and shall assume all the responsibilities otherwise herein described as given to the board of directors.
-13-
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
4.1
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one (1)
or more committees, each consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board. The board may designate one
(1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting
of the committee. The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote of a majority of the
authorized number of directors. Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board, shall have and may exercise
all the powers and authority of the board, but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) amend the certificate of
incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of
shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix
the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any
distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or
classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger
or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) recommend to the stockholders the
sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, (iv) recommend to the stockholders a
dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or (v) amend the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the board
resolution establishing the committee, the bylaws or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall
have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and
merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES
Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the following
provisions of Article III of these bylaws: Section 3.6 (place of meetings; meetings by telephone), Section 3.8 (regular meetings),
Section 3.9 (special meetings; notice), Section 3.10 (quorum), Section 3.11 (waiver of notice), Section 3.12 (adjournment),
Section 3.13 (notice of adjournment) and Section 3.14 (board action by written consent without meeting), with such changes in
the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its
members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the
board of directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the
board of directors, and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have
the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not
inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.
4.3
COMMITTEE MINUTES
Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.
-14-
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
5.1
OFFICERS
The Corporate Officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a chief financial officer. The corporation
may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents (however
denominated), one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers and such other officers as may be appointed in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
In addition to the Corporate Officers of the Company described above, there may also be such Administrative Officers of
the corporation as may be designated and appointed from time to time by the president of the corporation in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5.12 of these bylaws.
5.2
ELECTION OF OFFICERS
The Corporate Officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 5.3 or Section 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board of directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer
under any contract of employment, and shall hold their respective offices for such terms as the board of directors may from time
to time determine.
5.3
SUBORDINATE OFFICERS
The board of directors may appoint, or may empower the president to appoint, such other Corporate Officers as the
business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such power and authority, and
perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.
The president may from time to time designate and appoint Administrative Officers of the corporation in accordance with
the provisions of Section 5.12 of these bylaws.
5.4
REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
Subject to the rights, if any, of a Corporate Officer under any contract of employment, any Corporate Officer may be
removed, either with or without cause, by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in case
of a Corporate Officer chosen by the board of directors, by any Corporate Officer upon whom such power of removal may be
conferred by the board of directors.
Any Corporate Officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take
effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that
notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the
rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the Corporate Officer is a party.
-15-
Any Administrative Officer designated and appointed by the president may be removed, either with or without cause, at
any time by the president. Any Administrative Officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the president or to the
secretary of the corporation.
5.5
VACANCIES IN OFFICES
A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the
manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to that office.
5.6
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and
exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors
or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive
officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.
5.7
PRESIDENT
Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there
be such an officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board
of directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He or she shall
preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the
board of directors. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of
a corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or
these bylaws.
5.8
VICE PRESIDENTS
In the absence or disability of the president, and if there is no chairman of the board, the vice presidents, if any, in order of
their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform
all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the
president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed
for them respectively by the board of directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.
5.9
SECRETARY
The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the
board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of the board of directors, committees of directors and
stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how
authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares
present or represented at stockholders’ meetings and the proceedings thereof.
-16-
The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the
corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register or a duplicate share
register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number
and date of certificates evidencing such shares and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for
cancellation.
The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors
required to be given by law or by these bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody
and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these
bylaws.
5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and
records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities,
receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be
open to inspection by any director for a purpose reasonably related to his position as a director.
The chief financial officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation
with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as
may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of
his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers
and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.
5.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARY
The assistant secretary, if any, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board
of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the
event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such
other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.
5.12 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
In addition to the Corporate Officers of the corporation as provided in Section 5.1 of these bylaws and such subordinate
Corporate Officers as may be appointed in accordance with Section 5.3 of these bylaws, there may also be such Administrative
Officers of the corporation as may be designated and appointed from time to time by the president of the corporation.
Administrative Officers shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be determined by the president
or the board of directors in order to assist the Corporate Officers in the furtherance of their duties. In the performance of such
duties and the exercise of such powers, however, such Administrative Officers shall have limited authority to act on behalf of the
corporation as the board of directors shall establish, including but not limited to limitations on the dollar amount and on the scope
of agreements or commitments that may be made by such Administrative Officers on behalf of the corporation, which limitations
may not be exceeded by such individuals or altered by the president without further approval by the board of directors.
-17-
5.13 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS
In addition to the foregoing powers, authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such
authority and powers and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from
time to time by the board of directors.
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS
6.1
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
ARTICLE VI
The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware
as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, indemnify any person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees),
judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit, or proceeding in which such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the
fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of
the corporation shall mean any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the
request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or
(iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise
at the request of such predecessor corporation.
The corporation shall be required to indemnify a director or officer in connection with an action, suit, or proceeding (or
part thereof) initiated by such director or officer only if the initiation of such action, suit, or proceeding (or part thereof) by the
director or officer was authorized by the board of Directors of the corporation.
The corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by a director or officer of the corporation
entitled to indemnification hereunder in defending any action, suit or proceeding referred to in this Section 6.1 in advance of its
final disposition; provided, however, that payment of expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in advance of
the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the director or officer
to repay all amounts advanced if it should ultimately be determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified
under this Section 6.1 or otherwise.
The rights conferred on any person by this Article shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have
or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of
the stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection
hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
6.2
INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS
The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation
Law of Delaware as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, to
-18-
indemnify any person (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit,
or proceeding, in which such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is
or was an employee or agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation
(other than a director or officer) shall mean any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or
was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or
of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.
6.3
INSURANCE
The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee
or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and
incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have
the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
ARTICLE VII
RECORDS AND REPORTS
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS
The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the board of
directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each
stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records of its business and properties.
Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the
purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock
ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall
mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is
the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other
writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed
to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.
7.2
INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS
Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books
and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.
-19-
7.3
ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS
The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called
for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.
7.4
REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS
The chairman of the board, if any, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or any
assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice
president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of the
stock of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority herein granted may be
exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed
by such person having the authority.
7.5
CERTIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS
The original or a copy of these bylaws, as amended or otherwise altered to date, certified by the secretary, shall be kept at
the corporation’s principal executive office and shall be open to inspection by the stockholders of the corporation, at all
reasonable times during office hours.
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL MATTERS
8.1
RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING
For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of
stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not
precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than sixty (60) days
before any such action. In that case, only stockholders of record at the close of business on the date so fixed are entitled to receive
the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any
shares on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided by law.
If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, then the record date for determining stockholders for any such
purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the applicable resolution.
8.2
CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS
From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all
checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or
payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.
-20-
8.3
CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS: HOW EXECUTED
The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize and empower any officer or officers,
or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such
power and authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or
within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by
any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
8.4
STOCK CERTIFICATES; TRANSFER; PARTLY PAID SHARES
The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation
may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.
Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation.
Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and,
upon request, every holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the
corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or
an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in
certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar
who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or
registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such
officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
Certificates for shares shall be of such form and device as the board of directors may designate and shall state the name of
the record holder of the shares represented thereby; its number; date of issuance; the number of shares for which it is issued; a
summary statement or reference to the powers, designations, preferences or other special rights of such stock and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights, if any; a statement or summary of liens, if any; a
conspicuous notice of restrictions upon transfer or registration of transfer, if any; a statement as to any applicable voting trust
agreement; if the shares be assessable, or, if assessments are collectible by personal action, a plain statement of such facts.
Upon surrender to the secretary or transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue
a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the
consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares,
or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the
consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid
shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the
percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.
-21-
8.5
SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES
If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers,
the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized
on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however,
that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing
requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or
series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the
designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof
and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
8.6
LOST CERTIFICATES
Except as provided in this Section 8.6, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued
certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The board of directors may, in case
any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen or destroyed, authorize the issuance of replacement
certificates on such terms and conditions as the board may require; the board may require indemnification of the corporation
secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim that may be made against it,
including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the
replacement certificate.
8.7
TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS
The board of directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks, and one or more registrars, each of
which shall be an incorporated bank or trust company — either domestic or foreign, who shall be appointed at such times and
places as the requirements of the corporation may necessitate and the board of directors may designate.
8.8
CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS
Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the General
Corporation Law of Delaware shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, as
used in these bylaws, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person”
includes both an entity and a natural person.
-22-
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote;
provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws
upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the
power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
Whenever an amendment or new bylaw is adopted, it shall be copied in the book of bylaws with the original bylaws, in
the appropriate place. If any bylaw is repealed, the fact of repeal with the date of the meeting at which the repeal was enacted or
the filing of the operative written consent(s) shall be stated in said book.
ARTICLE X
DISSOLUTION
If it should be deemed advisable in the judgment of the board of directors of the corporation that the corporation should
be dissolved, the board, after the adoption of a resolution to that effect by a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for
that purpose, shall cause notice to be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereon of the adoption of the resolution and of a
meeting of stockholders to take action upon the resolution.
At the meeting a vote shall be taken for and against the proposed dissolution. If a majority of the outstanding stock of the
corporation entitled to vote thereon votes for the proposed dissolution, then a certificate stating that the dissolution has been
authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 275 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and setting forth the
names and residences of the directors and officers shall be executed, acknowledged, and filed and shall become effective in
accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such certificate’s becoming effective in
accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved.
Whenever all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution consent in writing, either in person or by duly authorized
attorney, to a dissolution, no meeting of directors or stockholders shall be necessary. The consent shall be filed and shall become
effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such consent’s becoming effective
in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved. If the consent is
signed by an attorney, then the original power of attorney or a photocopy thereof shall be attached to and filed with the consent.
The consent filed with the Secretary of State shall have attached to it the affidavit of the secretary or some other officer of the
corporation stating that the consent has been signed by or on behalf of all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution; in
addition, there shall be attached to the consent a certification by the secretary or some other officer of the corporation setting
forth the names and residences of the directors and officers of the corporation.
-23-
ARTICLE XI
CUSTODIAN
11.1 APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES
The Court of Chancery, upon application of any stockholder, may appoint one or more persons to be custodians and, if the
corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for the corporation when:
successors to directors whose terms have expired or would have expired upon qualification of their successors; or
(i) at any meeting held for the election of directors the stockholders are so divided that they have failed to elect
(ii) the business of the corporation is suffering or is threatened with irreparable injury because the directors are
so divided respecting the management of the affairs of the corporation that the required vote for action by the board of directors
cannot be obtained and the stockholders are unable to terminate this division; or
(iii) the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a reasonable time to take steps to dissolve,
liquidate or distribute its assets.
11.2 DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
The custodian shall have all the powers and title of a receiver appointed under Section 291 of the General Corporation
Law of Delaware, but the authority of the custodian shall be to continue the business of the corporation and not to liquidate its
affairs and distribute its assets, except when the Court of Chancery otherwise orders and except in cases arising under
Sections 226(a)(3) or 352(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
-24-
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary
of Harmonic Inc., a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing bylaws were amended and restated on August 2, 2021
by the corporation’s board of directors.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this 2nd day of August, 2021.
/s/ Timothy C. Chu
Secretary
-25-
Exhibit 4.4
HARMONIC INC.
AND
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of November 15, 2021, among Harmonic Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “Issuer”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to
below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as supplemented and in effect, the
“Indenture”), dated as of September 13, 2019, providing for the issuance of 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Notes”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.01(h) of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may supplement the Indenture without the
consent of any Holder of the Notes to irrevocably elect a Settlement Method and/or Specified Dollar Amount or eliminate the Company’s
right to elect a Settlement Method;
WHEREAS, the conditions set forth in the Indenture for the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture have been
complied with; and
WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid supplement to the Indenture pursuant to its terms and
the terms of the Indenture have been done.
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
That in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties mutually covenant and agree as follows:
1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. Irrevocable Elections.
(a) Irrevocable Election to Eliminate Physical Settlement. The Company hereby irrevocably eliminates the right of the Company to
elect Physical Settlement as the Settlement Method on any conversion of Notes that occurs on or after the date of this Supplemental
Indenture.
(b) Irrevocable Election of Specified Dollar Amount. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that, with respect to any Combination
Settlement for a conversion of Notes, the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes shall in no event be less than
$1,000.
3. Relationship to Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture is a supplemental indenture within the meaning of the Indenture. The
Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified, confirmed and approved and, as
supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.
4. Modification of the Indenture. Except as expressly modified by this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture
shall continue to apply to the Notes.
5. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this
Supplemental Indenture, will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
6. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed by electronic signature and in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be
an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental
Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties
hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. All notices, approvals, consents,
requests and any communications hereunder must be in writing (provided that any such communication sent to Trustee hereunder must be in
the form of a document that is signed manually or by way of a digital signature provided by DocuSign (or such other digital signature
provider as specified in writing to Trustee by the authorized representative), in English. Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use
of using digital signatures and electronic methods to submit communications to Trustee, including without limitation the risk of Trustee
acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.
7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
8. The Trustee. The recitals shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the
correctness of the same. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers, and duties of
the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force and effect as though fully set forth in full
herein.
9. Notice to Holders. The Company hereby requests the Trustee provide the notice to Holders (by delivering the notice to DTC
LENS) pursuant to Section 14.02(a) of the Indenture attached hereto as Exhibit A promptly following execution of this Supplemental
Indenture.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written
above.
HARMONIC INC.
By: /s/ Sanjay Kalra
Name: Sanjay Kalra
Title: Chief Financial Officer
[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
By: /s/ David A, Jason
Name: David A, Jason
Title: Authorized Signatory
[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]
NOTICE OF FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
HARMONIC INC.
2.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024
Aggregate Principal Amount: $115,500,000
Maturity Date: September 1, 2024
1
CUSIP: 413160 AD4
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN, pursuant to Section 14.02(a) of the Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of September 13, 2019, between
Harmonic Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the
“Trustee”), that on November 15, 2021, the Company and the Trustee entered into the First Supplemental Indenture (the “Supplemental
Indenture”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.
Pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture, the Company irrevocably elected (i) to eliminate the Company’s right to elect Physical Settlement as
the Settlement Method on any conversion of Notes that occurs on or after the date of the Supplemental Indenture and (ii) that, with respect to
any Combination Settlement for a conversion of Notes, the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes shall in no
event be less than $1,000.
Date: November 15, 2021
1
The CUSIP number is included solely for the convenience of the holders of Notes. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number with
respect to the Notes or as indicated in this notice.
Exhibit 4.8
HARMONIC INC.
AND
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of November 15, 2021, among Harmonic Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “Issuer”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to
below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as supplemented and in effect, the
“Indenture”), dated as of June 2, 2020, providing for the issuance of 4.375% Convertible Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.01(h) of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may supplement the Indenture without the
consent of any Holder of the Notes to irrevocably elect a Settlement Method and/or Specified Dollar Amount or eliminate the Company’s
right to elect a Settlement Method;
WHEREAS, the conditions set forth in the Indenture for the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture have been
complied with; and
WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid supplement to the Indenture pursuant to its terms and
the terms of the Indenture have been done.
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
That in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties mutually covenant and agree as follows:
1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. Irrevocable Elections.
(a) Irrevocable Election to Eliminate Physical Settlement. The Company hereby irrevocably eliminates the right of the Company to
elect Physical Settlement as the Settlement Method on any conversion of Notes that occurs on or after the date of this Supplemental
Indenture.
(b) Irrevocable Election of Specified Dollar Amount. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that, with respect to any Combination
Settlement for a conversion of Notes, the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes shall in no event be less than
$1,000.
3. Relationship to Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture is a supplemental indenture within the meaning of the Indenture. The
Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified, confirmed and approved and, as
supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.
4. Modification of the Indenture. Except as expressly modified by this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture
shall continue to apply to the Notes.
5. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this
Supplemental Indenture, will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
6. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed by electronic signature and in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be
an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental
Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties
hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. All notices, approvals, consents,
requests and any communications hereunder must be in writing (provided that any such communication sent to Trustee hereunder must be in
the form of a document that is signed manually or by way of a digital signature provided by DocuSign (or such other digital signature
provider as specified in writing to Trustee by the authorized representative), in English. Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use
of using digital signatures and electronic methods to submit communications to Trustee, including without limitation the risk of Trustee
acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.
7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
8. The Trustee. The recitals shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the
correctness of the same. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers, and duties of
the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force and effect as though fully set forth in full
herein.
9. Notice to Holders. The Company hereby requests the Trustee provide the notice to Holders (by delivering the notice to DTC
LENS) pursuant to Section 14.02(a) of the Indenture attached hereto as Exhibit A promptly following execution of this Supplemental
Indenture.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written
above.
HARMONIC INC.
By: /s/ Sanjay Kalra
Name: Sanjay Kalra
Title: Chief Financial Officer
[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
By: /s/ David A, Jason
Name: David A, Jason
Title: Authorized Signatory
[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]
NOTICE OF FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
HARMONIC INC.
4.375% Convertible Senior Notes due 2022
Aggregate Principal Amount: $37,707,000
Maturity Date: December 1, 2022
1
CUSIP: 413160 AE2
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN, pursuant to Section 14.02(a) of the Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of June 2, 2020, between Harmonic
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”),
that on November 15, 2021, the Company and the Trustee entered into the First Supplemental Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”).
Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.
Pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture, the Company irrevocably elected (i) to eliminate the Company’s right to elect Physical Settlement as
the Settlement Method on any conversion of Notes that occurs on or after the date of the Supplemental Indenture and (ii) that, with respect to
any Combination Settlement for a conversion of Notes, the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes shall in no
event be less than $1,000.
Date: November 15, 2021
1
The CUSIP number is included solely for the convenience of the holders of Notes. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number with
respect to the Notes or as indicated in this notice.
HARMONIC INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
The following table lists the direct and indirect subsidiaries of Harmonic Inc. as of December 31, 2021:
Name
Harmonic Delaware, L.L.C.
Harmonic Germany GmbH
Harmonic Japan GK
Harmonic India Private Limited
Harmonic International GmbH
Harmonic International Inc
Harmonic Lightwaves (Israel) Ltd
Harmonic Singapore P.T.E. Ltd.
Harmonic Spain SL
Harmonic Technologies (HK) Limited
Harmonic (UK) Limited
Harmonic Video Networks Ltd.
Horizon Acquisition Ltd
Harmonic Brasil LTDA
Harmonic S.R.I.
Harmonic Mexico International
Harmonic Video Networks Malaysia Sdn Bhd
Harmonic International Australia Pty Ltd
Harmonic Italia Srl
Harmonic Technologies (Beijing) Co. Ltd
Financiere Kepler SAS
Harmonic France SAS
Thomson Video Networks India Private Ltd
Harmonic Technologies (Canada)
State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization
U.S.A.
Germany
Japan
India
Switzerland
U.S.A.
Israel
Singapore
Spain
Hong Kong
United Kingdom
Israel
Israel
Brazil
Argentina
Mexico
Malaysia
Australia
Italy
China
France
France
India
Canada
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements (Form S‑8 Nos. 333-38025, 333-65051, 333-86649,
333-84720, 333-91464, 333-116467, 333-136425, 333-154715, 333-159877, 333-167197, 333-176211, 333-182931, 333-192089, 333-
200032, 333-207866, 333-212242, 333-218902, 333-225874, 333-232431, 333-244390, and 333-258980) of Harmonic, Inc. of our reports
dated February 28, 2022, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Harmonic, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting of Harmonic, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10‑K) of Harmonic, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Exhibit 23.1
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Jose, California
February 28, 2022
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-38025, 333-65051, 333-86649, 333-84720, 333-
91464, 333-116467, 333-136425, 333-154715, 333-159877, 333-167197, 333-176211, 333-182931, 333-192089, 333-200032, 333-207866, 333-212242,
333-218902, 333-225874, 333-232431, 333-244390 and 333-258980) of our report dated March 2, 2021, relating to the consolidated financial statements
of Harmonic Inc. (the "Company"), and the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Exhibit 23.2
/s/ Armanino LLP
Armanino LLP
San Ramon, California
February 28, 2022
Exhibit 31.1
I, Patrick J. Harshman, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc.;
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Date: February 28, 2022
By:
/s/ Patrick J. Harshman
Patrick J. Harshman
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Exhibit 31.2
I, Sanjay Kalra, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc.;
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Date: February 28, 2022
By:
/s/ Sanjay Kalra
Sanjay Kalra
Chief Financial Officer
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.1
As of the date hereof, I, Patrick J. Harshman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Harmonic Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the annual report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This written statement is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an
exhibit accompanying such Report and shall not be deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Date: February 28, 2022
/s/ Patrick J. Harshman
Patrick J. Harshman
President and Chief Executive Officer
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.2
As of the date hereof, I, Sanjay Kalra, Chief Financial Officer of Harmonic Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the annual report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company. This written statement is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit accompanying such Report
and shall not be deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Date: February 28, 2022
/s/ Sanjay Kalra
Sanjay Kalra
Chief Financial Officer